MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INC
PRER14A, 1995-08-04
COMMERCIAL PRINTING
Previous: MERRILL LYNCH & CO INC, 424B3, 1995-08-04
Next: MYERS INDUSTRIES INC, 10-Q, 1995-08-04



<PAGE>
 
       
                   SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
    
    Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities
            Exchange Act of 1934 (Amendment No. 2)     

Filed by the Registrant [X]

Filed by a Party other than the Registrant [_]

Check the appropriate box:

[X]  Preliminary Proxy Statement        [_]  Confidential, for Use of the
                                             Commission Only (as permitted by
                                             Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
[_]  Definitive Proxy Statement

[_]  Definitive Additional Materials

[_]  Soliciting Material Pursuant to Section 240.14a-11(c) or Section 240.14a-12

                   Mickelberry Communications Incorporated
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)

                   Mickelberry Communications Incorporated
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
    
[ ]  $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), 14a-6(i)(2)
     or Item 22(a)(2) of Schedule 14A.     

[_]  $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act Rule
     14a-6(i)(3).

[_]  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.

  (1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (3) Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed
      pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (Set forth the amount on which
      the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (5) Total fee paid:
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
[X]  Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.     

[_]  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange
     Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee
     was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement
     number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.

  (1) Amount Previously Paid:
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (2) Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (3) Filing Party:
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (4) Date Filed:
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
<PAGE>
 
                                                               PRELIMINARY COPY
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                                405 PARK AVENUE
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                                                               
                                                            August  , 1995     
 
Dear Shareholder:
   
  You are cordially invited to attend a Special Meeting of Shareholders of
Mickelberry Communications Incorporated (the "Company") to be held on
September 12, 1995 at 9:00 a.m., local time, at 405 Park Avenue, New York, New
York 10022. The purpose of the Special Meeting is to consider the approval of
the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 21, 1995 (the "Merger
Agreement"), providing for the acquisition by the Company of all of its
outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (collectively, the
"Company Stock"), other than most of the shares owned directly or indirectly
by Mr. James C. Marlas (the "Major Shareholder"), for a consideration of $4.25
in cash for each outstanding share. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, this
acquisition would be effected by means of a merger of Mickelberry Acquisition
Corporation ("Newco"), a newly formed Delaware corporation wholly owned by the
Major Shareholder, into the Company (the "Merger"), as a result of which the
Company will become wholly owned by the Major Shareholder. The Major
Shareholder owns directly or indirectly approximately 48% of the Company's
outstanding Common Stock, and is the Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company.     
   
  A special committee of the Company's Board of Directors (the "Special
Committee") comprised of four independent members of the Board of Directors,
together with its financial advisor, Schroder Wertheim & Co. Incorporated
(formerly known as Wertheim Schroder & Co. Incorporated, "Schroder Wertheim"),
has reviewed the Merger Agreement and Schroder Wertheim has delivered its
written opinion that the $4.25 cash consideration to be received pursuant to
the Merger Agreement by holders of the Company's Common Stock and of the
Company's Preferred Stock other than the Major Shareholder and its affiliates
(collectively, the "Public Shareholders") is fair from a financial point of
view. The written opinion of Schroder Wertheim, which is attached to the
accompanying Proxy Statement as Annex B, should be read carefully by
shareholders in its entirety. You are also urged to read carefully the
accompanying Proxy Statement in its entirety, including the section entitled
"Special Factors," for important information regarding the Merger.     
   
  Your Company's Board of Directors, which numbers eight, has reviewed the
terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement. It has considered the
recommendation of the Special Committee, the opinion of Schroder Wertheim and
other factors. After consideration of each of these factors, your Company's
Board of Directors (with the Major Shareholder and Mr. Robert Garrett
abstaining) has unanimously determined that the terms of the Merger are fair
to Public Shareholders, has approved the Merger Agreement and now RECOMMENDS
THAT PUBLIC SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT. The
affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding Company Stock
entitled to vote at the Special Meeting is required for the approval of the
Merger Agreement, among other things. In addition, the Merger Agreement itself
conditions the obligations of the Company and Newco under the Merger Agreement
to an affirmative vote of at least (1) the holders of a majority of shares of
Company Stock outstanding on the record date of such Special Meeting or (2) 66
2/3% of the votes cast by the holders of shares of Company Stock voting at the
meeting, whichever is greater. The Major Shareholder, who owns directly or
indirectly 48% of the outstanding Company Common Stock has agreed to vote for
the Merger. A condition to consummation of the Merger is that Newco obtain
third party financing on terms satisfactory to the Company and Newco for the
funds required to be paid pursuant to the Merger.     
 
  Promptly after the Merger is consummated, a Letter of Transmittal with
instructions will be mailed to all shareholders of record to use in
surrendering their Company stock certificates. PLEASE DO NOT SEND YOUR
CERTIFICATES UNTIL YOU RECEIVE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
  A form of proxy solicited by the Company's Board of Directors is enclosed
for your convenience. Please mark, sign, date and return it promptly. If you
attend the Special Meeting, you may vote your shares personally whether or not
you have previously submitted a proxy; however, please complete, sign, date
and promptly return the enclosed proxy. All properly executed proxies received
prior to or at the Special Meeting, unless revoked, will be voted at the
Special Meeting in accordance with the instructions on the proxies. Your vote
is important regardless of the number of shares you own.
 
                                           Sincerely yours,
 
                                           Fred T. Pugliese
                                           Secretary
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                                405 PARK AVENUE
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
 
                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                        
                     TO BE HELD ON SEPTEMBER 12, 1995     
   
  A Special Meeting of shareholders of Mickelberry Communications Incorporated
(the "Company") will be held at 405 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022 on
September 12, 1995, at 9:00 a.m., local time, for the following purposes:     
 
  1. To consider and vote upon approval of the Agreement and Plan of Merger
    (the "Merger Agreement"), dated as of March 21, 1995, which provides for
    the merger of Mickelberry Acquisition Corporation ("Newco"), a Delaware
    corporation, into the Company. If the Merger Agreement is approved all
    shares of the Company's Common Stock and all shares of the Company's
    Preferred Stock, other than most of the shares of Company's Common Stock
    owned directly or indirectly by Mr. James C. Marlas (who is a controlling
    shareholder, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
    of the Company), will be converted into the right to receive $4.25 cash
    per share, and thereafter the Company will be owned solely by Mr. Marlas.
 
  2. To transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting
    and any adjournment thereof.
   
  The Board of Directors of the Company has fixed the close of business on
August 7, 1995 as the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to
notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting and any adjournment thereof.     
 
  PLEASE SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD PROMPTLY TO ENSURE YOUR
REPRESENTATION AT THE MEETING, WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND. YOUR PROXY
MAY BE REVOKED BY YOU AT ANY TIME BEFORE IT IS VOTED.
 
                                          Fred T. Pugliese
                                          Secretary
 
New York, New York
   
August  , 1995     
 
            YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND
              RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY PROMPTLY, WHETHER OR NOT
               YOU INTEND TO BE PRESENT AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.
 
                    PLEASE DO NOT SEND IN ANY CERTIFICATES
                         FOR YOUR SHARES AT THIS TIME.
 
<PAGE>
 
                                                               
                                                            August  , 1995     
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                                405 PARK AVENUE
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                                (212) 832-0303
 
                               ----------------
 
              PROXY STATEMENT FOR SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                        
                     TO BE HELD ON SEPTEMBER 12, 1995     
 
                               ----------------
 
                                 INTRODUCTION
   
  This Proxy Statement is being furnished to shareholders of Mickelberry
Communications Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in
connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of the
Company (the "Board") for use at the Company's Special Meeting of Shareholders
to be held on September 12, 1995 and at any adjournment or postponement
thereof (the "Special Meeting").     
 
MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE MEETING
 
  At the Special Meeting, shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon
the approval of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 21, 1995
(the "Merger Agreement") by and among the Company, Mickelberry Acquisition
Corporation, a Delaware corporation which is wholly owned by Mr. James C.
Marlas ("Newco"), Mr. James C. Marlas (the "Major Shareholder") and Union
Capital Corporation, a Nevada corporation which is wholly owned by the Major
Shareholder ("Union Capital"). The Merger Agreement provides, by means of a
merger ("Merger") of Newco with and into the Company, for the acquisition by
the Company, for a consideration of $4.25 in cash per share to be paid by the
Company, without interest (the "Merger Consideration"), of each share of the
(i) Company's common stock (the "Company Common Stock") and (ii) the Company's
preferred stock (the "Company Preferred Stock", and together with the Company
Common Stock, the "Company Stock") outstanding at the effective time of the
Merger (the "Effective Time") other than shares of the Company Common Stock
held by the Major Shareholder and Union Capital (except for 59,400 shares of
Company Common Stock owned by the Major Shareholder in a Keogh Plan (the
"Covered Shares")). In the event that any of the conditions of the offer are
altered or waived, or the offer is terminated, the Company will issue a press
release describing such changes and stating the period of time during which
consents and proxies will be revocable. The Major Shareholder, who owns all of
Newco's outstanding capital stock, owns directly (or indirectly through Union
Capital) approximately 48% of the Company Common Stock and is the Chairman of
the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In connection
with, and only in connection with, the consummation of the Merger, each of the
Major Shareholder and Union Capital has agreed to cancel, simultaneously with
the consummation of the Merger, the shares of Company Common Stock owned by
him or it, as the case may be, and has waived its right to receive the Merger
Consideration, except with respect to the Covered Shares owned by the Major
Shareholder in a Keogh Plan. As a result of the Merger the Company will become
wholly owned by the Major Shareholder. A copy of the Merger Agreement is
attached to this Proxy Statement as Annex A. The surviving corporation in the
merger will be the Company (the "Surviving Corporation"). At the Effective
Time of the Merger, each share of Company Stock outstanding immediately prior
to the Effective Time of the Merger (other than shares of Common Stock held
directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder, except for the Covered
Shares) will be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration
in cash, without interest. See "Special Factors" and "The Merger."
 
VOTING AT THE MEETING
   
  The Board has fixed the close of business on August 7, 1995 as the record
date (the "Record Date") for determination of holders of Company Stock
entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting. As of the Record
Date, there were (i) [5,877,948] shares of Company Common Stock outstanding
and entitled to vote and     
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
 
   
approximately [1,250] holders of record of Company Common Stock and (ii)
[242,334] shares of Company Preferred Stock outstanding and entitled to vote
and approximately [125] holders of record of Company Preferred Stock. The
presence, in person or by properly executed proxy, of holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of Company Stock is necessary to constitute a quorum at
the Special Meeting. Each shareholder is entitled to (a) one vote for each
share of Company Common Stock held by such shareholder and (b) 1/10 of a vote
for each share of Company Preferred Stock held by such shareholder.     
 
  Under Delaware law and the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as
amended, and By-laws, the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Company Stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting is
required to approve the Merger. In addition, the Merger Agreement itself
conditions the obligations of the Company and Newco under the Merger Agreement
to an affirmative vote of at least (1) the holders of a majority of the shares
of Company Stock outstanding on the record date of such Special Meeting or (2)
66 2/3% of the votes cast by the holders of the shares of Company Stock voting
at the meeting, whichever is greater. The Major Shareholder, who owns directly
or indirectly approximately 48% of the Company Common Stock, has already
agreed to vote his shares in favor of the Merger.
 
PROXIES
 
  All shares of Company Stock represented at the Special Meeting by properly
executed proxies received prior to or at the Special Meeting, unless such
proxies previously have been revoked, will be voted at the Special Meeting in
accordance with the instructions on the proxies. If no such instructions are
indicated, proxies will be voted FOR the approval of the Merger Agreement,
unless the Board determines otherwise, due to its assessment of the best
interests of shareholders. The Board does not know of any other matters which
are to come before the Special Meeting. If any other matters are properly
presented at the Special Meeting for action, the persons named in the enclosed
form of proxy and acting thereunder will have the discretion to vote on such
matters in accordance with their best judgment.
 
  Any proxy given pursuant to this solicitation may be revoked by the person
giving it at any time before it is voted. Proxies may be revoked by filing
with the Secretary of the Company written notice of revocation bearing a later
date than the proxy, by duly executing and delivering to the Secretary of the
Company, at or prior to the Special Meeting, a subsequent proxy relating to
the same shares of Company Stock, or by attending the Special Meeting and
voting in person (although attendance at the Special Meeting will not, by
itself, constitute revocation of proxy). Any written notice revoking a proxy
should be sent to Mickelberry Communications Incorporated, 405 Park Avenue,
New York, New York 10022, Fred T. Pugliese.
 
  Proxies are being solicited by and on behalf of the Board. The Company will
bear the cost of preparing and mailing the proxy material furnished to the
Company's shareholders in connection with the Special Meeting. Proxies will be
solicited by mail. Directors, officers and employees of the Company may also
solicit proxies by telephone, telegram or personal contact. Such persons will
receive no additional compensation for such services but may be reimbursed for
out-of-pocket expenses in connection with such solicitation. Copies of
solicitation materials will be furnished to fiduciaries, custodians and
brokerage houses for forwarding to beneficial owners of Company Stock held in
the names of such fiduciaries, custodians and brokerage houses. MacKenzie
Partners, Inc. has been engaged to solicit proxies on behalf of the Company
for a fee of $4,000 plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
 
  All information contained in this Proxy Statement concerning Newco, the
Major Shareholder, Union Capital, and the plans for Newco and the Company
after the Merger, has been supplied by Newco. All other information contained
in this Proxy Statement has been supplied by the Company.
   
  THE BOARD, BASED ON THE REPORT OF A SPECIAL COMMITTEE OF INDEPENDENT
DIRECTORS THAT THE MERGER CONSIDERATION WAS FAIR TO THE HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY
COMMON STOCK (OTHER THAN THE MAJOR SHAREHOLDER) AND THE OPINION OF SCHRODER
WERTHEIM & CO. INCORPORATED (FORMERLY KNOWN AS WERTHEIM SCHRODER     
 
                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
   
& CO. INCORPORATED, "SCHRODER WERTHEIM") THAT THE MERGER CONSIDERATION WAS
FAIR, FROM A FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEW, TO THE HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY STOCK
(OTHER THAN THE MAJOR SHAREHOLDER), HAS DETERMINED THAT THE ACQUISITION OF THE
COMPANY STOCK PURSUANT TO THE MERGER AGREEMENT IS FAIR AND IN THE BEST
INTERESTS OF THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS. THE BOARD HAS APPROVED THE
MERGER AGREEMENT AND RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE
MERGER AGREEMENT.     
   
  The date of this Proxy Statement, and the approximate date it will first be
mailed to shareholders, is August  , 1995.     
 
  THIS TRANSACTION HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS
OF SUCH TRANSACTION NOR UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
 
  NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION
NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR REPRESENTATION SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED. THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT SHALL NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION SET FORTH
HEREIN OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY OR NEWCO SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13(e) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and Rule 13e-3 promulgated
thereunder, the Company, as issuer of the Common Stock, $1.00 par value per
share, which is the subject of the Rule 13e-3 transaction, together with
Newco, Union Capital and the Major Shareholder has filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Transaction Statement on Schedule
13E-3 (the "Schedule 13E-3") relating to the transactions contemplated by the
Merger Agreement. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission,
this Proxy Statement omits certain information, exhibits and undertakings
contained in Schedule 13E-3. Such additional information can be inspected at
and obtained from the Commission and the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE")
in the manner set forth below under "Available Information."
 
  Statements contained herein concerning any documents are not necessarily
complete and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document
filed as an exhibit to the Schedule 13E-3. Each such statement is qualified in
its entirety by such reference.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange
Act, and in accordance therewith is required to file periodic reports, proxy
statements and other information with the Commission relating to its business,
financial statements and other matters. Such reports, proxy statements and
other information, as well as the aforementioned Schedule 13E-3, may be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549, and at
the Regional Offices of the Commission located at Room 3190 Kuczynsky Federal
Building, 230 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois 60604, and Seven World
Trade Center, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can also be
obtained from the Commission at prescribed rates by addressing written
requests for such copies to the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
  THIS PROXY STATEMENT INCORPORATES DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE WHICH ARE NOT
PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
   
WITHOUT CHARGE UPON REQUEST FROM THE CORPORATE SECRETARY'S OFFICE, MICKELBERRY
COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED, 405 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022;
TELEPHONE NUMBER (212) 832-0303. IN ORDER TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY OF THE
DOCUMENTS, ANY REQUEST SHOULD BE MADE NO LATER THAN SEPTEMBER 5, 1995.     
 
                     INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
  The following documents are incorporated by reference herein:
 
    The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
    31, 1994.
 
    The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March
    31, 1995.
 
  All other documents filed by the Company pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d)
of the Exchange Act after the date of this Proxy Statement, and prior to the
date of the Special Meeting, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference
herein.
 
  Any statement contained in a document filed with the Commission prior to the
date hereof and incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be
modified or superseded for purposes hereof to the extent that a statement
contained herein (or in any other subsequently filed document which also is
incorporated by reference herein) modifies or supersedes such statement. The
modifying or superseding statement may, but need not, state that it has
modified or superseded a prior statement or include any other information set
forth in the document that is not so modified or superseded. The making of a
modifying or superseding statement shall not be deemed an admission that the
modified or superseded statement, when made, constituted an untrue statement
of a material fact, an omission to state a material fact necessary to make a
statement not misleading, or the employment of a manipulative, deceptive or
fraudulent device, contrivance, scheme, transaction, act, practice, course of
business or artifice to defraud, as those terms are used in the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), the Exchange Act or the rules and
regulations thereunder. Any statement so modified shall not be deemed in its
unmodified form to constitute a part hereof for purposes of the Exchange Act.
Any statement so superseded shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof
for purposes of the Exchange Act.
 
                                      iv
<PAGE>
 
                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
 
<TABLE>   
<S>                                                                          <C>
Advertising and Promotion Businesses........................................  19
Appraisal Stockholders......................................................  27
Argosy......................................................................   4
Banks.......................................................................   4
Board.......................................................................   i
Client......................................................................   4
Commission.................................................................. iii
Company Stock...............................................................   i
Company Preferred Stock.....................................................   i
Company.....................................................................   i
Company Common Stock........................................................   i
Convertible Debentures......................................................   4
Covered Shares..............................................................   i
Delaware Court..............................................................  27
Dissenting Shares...........................................................  28
Dissenting Stockholders.....................................................  28
EBIT........................................................................  18
EBITDA......................................................................  18
Effective Time..............................................................   i
Engagement Letter...........................................................  22
Equity Value................................................................  18
Excel.......................................................................  19
Exchange Agent..............................................................   5
Exchange Act................................................................ iii
Financing Proposal..........................................................   4
Five Year Projections.......................................................  11
Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.......................................................  31
Indemnification Letter......................................................  22
Letter Agreement............................................................   4
LTM.........................................................................  18
Major Shareholder...........................................................   i
Merger......................................................................   i
Merger Agreement............................................................   i
Merger Consideration........................................................   i
NASD........................................................................   9
Newco.......................................................................   i
NYSE........................................................................ iii
120-Day Period..............................................................  28
Original Proposal...........................................................  10
Petition....................................................................  28
Printing Businesses.........................................................  19
Printing Segment or Segment.................................................  36
Proposal....................................................................  12
Public Shareholders.........................................................   1
Public Common Shareholders..................................................   2
Record Date.................................................................   i
Schedule 13E-3.............................................................. iii
Schroder Wertheim .......................................................... iii
Schroder Wertheim Presentation..............................................  14
Securities Act..............................................................  iv
SFAS 115....................................................................  43
Shares......................................................................  27
Special Committee...........................................................   2
Special Meeting.............................................................   i
Stock Options...............................................................   3
Surviving Corporation.......................................................   i
Union Capital...............................................................   i
</TABLE>    
 
                                       v
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<S>                                                                          <C>
Introduction...............................................................    i
Additional Information.....................................................  iii
Available Information......................................................  iii
Information Incorporated by Reference......................................   iv
Index of Defined Terms.....................................................    v
Summary....................................................................    1
Special Factors
  Background of the Merger.................................................   10
  Proceedings and Recommendation of the Special Committee and the Board,
   Fairness of the Transaction.............................................   11
  Opinion of Financial Advisor.............................................   16
  Projected Operating and Financial Results of the Company.................   22
  Reports and Appraisals...................................................   23
  Structure and Purpose of the Merger......................................   23
  Certain Effects of the Merger............................................   24
  Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger; Conflicts of Interest........   25
  Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger....................   26
  Appraisal Rights.........................................................   27
  Financing of the Merger..................................................   29
  Expenses of the Merger...................................................   29
  Certain Litigation.......................................................   30
The Merger
  General..................................................................   30
  Required Vote............................................................   30
  Effective Time...........................................................   31
  Payment for Shares.......................................................   31
  Conditions to the Merger, Waiver.........................................   31
  Certain Covenants of the Company and Newco...............................   32
  Termination, Amendments..................................................   33
Certain Information Regarding Newco, Union Capital and the Major
 Shareholder...............................................................   33
Description of Company Capital Stock.......................................   34
Recent Market Prices; Dividend History.....................................   34
Business of the Company
  Overview.................................................................   35
  Printing.................................................................   36
  Advertising and Promotion................................................   36
  General..................................................................   38
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.......................................   39
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
 Condition.................................................................   41
Beneficial Ownership of Shares of the Company..............................   46
Certain Transactions in Company Stock......................................   47
Proxy Solicitation.........................................................   47
Current Information: Delisting and Deregistration..........................   48
Independent Auditors.......................................................   48
Future Shareholder Proposals...............................................   48
Other Business.............................................................   48
Financial Statements.......................................................  F-1
ANNEX A: Agreement and Plan of Merger......................................  A-1
ANNEX B: Opinion of Schroder Wertheim......................................  B-1
ANNEX C: Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law...............  C-1
ANNEX D: Letter Agreement dated November 23, 1994 by and among the Major
          Shareholder, The Argosy Group L.P. and The Argosy Securities
          Group L.P. ......................................................  D-1
</TABLE>    
 
                                       vi
<PAGE>
 
                                    SUMMARY
   
  The following is a summary of certain information contained in this Proxy
Statement. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of all
material features of the Merger and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.
Terms used but not defined in this summary have the meanings ascribed to them
elsewhere in this Proxy Statement, and an index to defined terms is located at
page v (see Index to Defined Terms). Shareholders are urged to read this Proxy
Statement and the Annexes hereto in their entirety.     
 
THE SPECIAL MEETING
   
  A Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Company will be held on Tuesday,
September 12, 1995 at 9:00 a.m., local time, at 405 Park Avenue, New York, New
York 10022, to consider and vote upon a proposal recommended by the Board to
approve the Merger Agreement, by and among the Company, Newco, the Major
Shareholder and Union Capital which provides for the merger of Newco with and
into the Company. A copy of the Merger Agreement is attached hereto as Annex
A. See "Introduction."     
 
THE MERGER
 
  The Merger Agreement provides that, subject to the approval of the Merger
Agreement by the shareholders of the Company and satisfaction of certain other
conditions, Newco will be merged with and into the Company, and the Company
will be the Surviving Corporation and will become wholly owned by the Major
Shareholder. The Major Shareholder, who owns all of Newco's outstanding
capital stock, owns directly or indirectly approximately 48% of the Company's
Common Stock and is the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the Effective
Time of the Merger, each share of the Company's Stock outstanding, other than
shares held directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder (except Covered
Shares), will be automatically converted into the right to receive the Merger
Consideration. The holders of such shares are referred to throughout this
Proxy Statement as the "Public Shareholders." In connection with, and only in
connection with, the consummation of the Merger, each of the Major Shareholder
and Union Capital has agreed to cancel, simultaneously with the consummation
of the Merger, the shares of Company Common Stock owned by him or it, as the
case may be, and has waived its right to receive the Merger Consideration,
except with respect to the Covered Shares. After consummation of the Merger,
the entire equity interest in the Company will be beneficially owned by the
Major Shareholder. See "Special Factors--Interests of Certain Persons in the
Merger; Conflicts of Interest" and "Special Factors--Certain Effects of the
Merger."
 
REQUIRED VOTE
 
  Under Delaware law, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended,
and By-laws, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares
of Company Stock voting at the Special Meeting is required for approval of the
Merger Agreement. In addition, the Merger Agreement itself conditions the
obligations of the Company and Newco under the Merger Agreement to an
affirmative vote of at least (1) the holders of a majority of shares of
Company Stock outstanding on the record date of such Special Meeting or (2) 66
2/3% of the votes cast by the holders of shares of Company Stock voting at the
meeting, whichever is greater. The Major Shareholder, who owns directly or
indirectly approximately 48% of the outstanding Company Common Stock has
agreed to vote for the Merger. The approval of the Merger by at least a
majority of unaffiliated security holders is not required by the Merger
Agreement.
 
THE EFFECTIVE TIME
 
  The Merger will become effective by filing a Certificate of Merger,
consistent with the Merger Agreement, with the Secretary of State of Delaware.
The Merger will be consummated only upon satisfaction or waiver, where
permissible, of the terms and conditions contained in the Merger Agreement and
provided that the Merger Agreement has not been terminated. If the Merger has
not been consummated by September 30, 1995, either the
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
Company or Newco may terminate the Merger Agreement so long as the reason that
the Merger has not been consummated is not due to the failure of the party
choosing to terminate to fulfill any of its obligations thereunder. No such
waiver or termination will require the vote or consent of the holders of
Company Stock.
 
BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER
 
  For a description of the events leading up to the approval of the Merger
Agreement, see "Special Factors--Background of the Merger."
 
RECOMMENDATION OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE AND THE BOARD, FAIRNESS OF THE
TRANSACTION
   
  At a meeting held on March 21, 1995, the Board received a report from the
special committee of independent directors of the Company (the "Special
Committee") that it was of the unanimous opinion that the Merger is advisable
and fair to the holders of the Company Common Stock, other than the shares
held directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder, except the Covered
Shares (the "Public Common Shareholders") and to recommend that the Board
approve the Merger and the Merger Agreement. The entire Board considered the
Special Committee's recommendation and based on the independence of the
Special Committee, the independence of Schroder Wertheim as financial advisor
to the Special Committee, the fairness opinion of Schroder Wertheim and the
recommendation of the Special Committee the Board adopted the conclusion and
analyses of Schroder Wertheim as its own and unanimously (with Mr. Marlas and
Mr. Garrett (who is Mr. Marlas' brother-in-law) abstaining) concluded that the
Merger is fair to and in the best interests of the Public Shareholders,
approved and adopted the Merger Agreement subject to the Board's receipt of
Schroder Wertheim's written opinion that the consideration payable to the
holders of the Company Preferred Stock is fair to such holders, from a
financial point of view and directed that a proposal to approve and adopt the
Merger and the Merger Agreement be submitted to a vote of the Company's
shareholders. Schroder Wertheim undertook an analysis of the fairness of the
Merger Consideration to holders of the Company Preferred Stock and reexecuted
and delivered its written opinion of March 21, 1995 that the Merger
Consideration was fair to the Public Shareholders from a financial point of
view. For a discussion of the factors considered by the Board and the Special
Committee in reaching their determination, see "Special Factors--Proceedings
and Recommendation of the Special Committee and the Board, Fairness of the
Transaction."     
 
  THE BOARD HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND UNANIMOUSLY
RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT.
CERTAIN MEMBERS OF THE BOARD HAVE CERTAIN INTERESTS WHICH MAY PRESENT THEM
WITH CONFLICTS OF INTEREST IN CONNECTION WITH THE MERGER. See "Special
Factors--Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger; Conflicts of Interest."
 
OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR
   
  Schroder Wertheim has given its opinion that the $4.25 cash per share
consideration to be received by the Public Shareholders is fair from a
financial point of view, based upon the various considerations set forth in
its opinion.     
   
  For further information regarding the opinion of, and the fees paid or
payable by the Company to, Schroder Wertheim, see "Special Factors--Opinion of
Financial Advisor" and the full text of the Schroder Wertheim opinion, a copy
of which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Annex B, which should be read
in its entirety.     
 
PURPOSE AND REASONS FOR THE MERGER
 
  The Company entered into the Merger Agreement because, based upon the
recommendation of the Special Committee, the Board concluded that the terms of
the Merger are fair to and in the best interests of the Public Shareholders.
See "Special Factors--Proceedings and Recommendation of the Special Committee
and the Board, Fairness of the Transaction."
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
  The Major Shareholder, by engaging in the transaction contemplated by the
Merger Agreement, will acquire the entire equity interest in the Company, and,
as a result of the Merger, the Company will become wholly-owned by the Major
Shareholder. The Major Shareholder has been concerned that the performance of
the Company Common Stock in the market has been negatively impacted by the
Company's small size and resulting relative lack of attention provided to the
stock by professional investment advisors and money managers, the diversity
and nature of its various business units, and the Company's traditional focus
on a strong balance sheet as opposed to consistent quarterly earnings. The
Major Shareholder believes that by being private the Company would be aided by
the flexibility inherent in a closely held corporation to implement a long-
term business strategy, without concentrating on short-term performance. The
purpose of the Merger is to provide the Public Shareholders the opportunity to
receive a fair consideration for their shares in excess of the market price of
the stock preceding the announcement of the Merger, while at the same time
providing the Major Shareholder what he views both as an attractive investment
opportunity and as an opportunity to manage the Company with the flexibility
inherent in a closely-held enterprise. See "Special Factors--Background of the
Merger."
 
  The structure of the acquisition as a merger was determined by Newco. The
Merger has been structured as a merger of Newco and the Company in order to
effectuate the acquisition of all the outstanding shares of the Company Stock
other than shares owned directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder
(except for Covered Shares), thereby transferring the entire beneficial equity
interest in the Company to the Major Shareholder. The Merger has been
structured as a merger of Newco into the Company, with the Company as the
Surviving Corporation, in order to preserve the Company's corporate entity and
existing contractual arrangements with third parties. See "Special Factors--
Structure and Purpose of the Merger."
 
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER; CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
  In considering the recommendation of the Board with respect to the Merger,
shareholders should be aware that certain members of the Company's management
and the Board have certain interests summarized below which present them with
conflicts of interest in connection with the Merger Agreement. The Special
Committee was aware of these conflicts and considered them among the other
matters described under "Special Factors--Background of the Merger" and "--
Proceedings and Recommendation of the Special Committee and the Board,
Fairness of the Transaction." See "Special Factors--Interests of Certain
Persons in the Merger, Conflicts of Interest."
 
  Ownership of the Company after the Merger. After the Merger, the Major
Shareholder will beneficially own all of the Company's outstanding capital
stock. See "Certain Information Regarding Newco and the Major Shareholder."
 
  Directors of the Company after the Merger. The Merger Agreement provides
that after the Merger, the current directors of the Company (Mr. Robert
Garrett, Mr. John C. Mickle, Mr. Bernard S. White, Mr. George Kane, Mr. James
C. Marlas, Mr. Mel Gordon, Mr. C. Gordon Murphy and Mr. Frank Stillo) will
remain in such capacities with the Surviving Corporation until successors are
duly elected or appointed in accordance with applicable law.
 
  Employment of Company's Employees. Newco has indicated that, subsequent to
the Merger, the current officers and employees of the Company will remain in
such capacities with the Surviving Corporation. However, no new employment
agreements are currently contemplated.
 
  Cash Payments to be Received in Merger. Various members of management and
the Board will receive cash payments in the Merger for cancellation of all
outstanding and exercisable options other than options held by the Major
Shareholder (the "Stock Options"). Such payments will be equal to the
difference between the Merger Consideration and the per share exercise price
of each Stock Option. The table below summarizes the total amount each
director and executive officer of the Company will receive upon cancellation
of the Stock Options.
 
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        NAME                                                             AMOUNT
        ----                                                             -------
      <S>                                                                <C>
      Robert Garrett.................................................... $ 9,375
      John C. Mickle....................................................   9,375
      Bernard S. White..................................................   9,375
      George Kane.......................................................  35,937
      James C. Marlas...................................................       0
      Mel Gordon........................................................   9,375
      C. Gordon Murphy..................................................   9,375
      Frank Stillo......................................................  20,000
      Gregory J. Garville...............................................  28,125
      Fred T. Pugliese..................................................   8,062
</TABLE>
 
  Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Merger Agreement provides
that the Company as the Surviving Corporation (i) for three years after the
Effective Time shall not change the provisions of its certificate of
incorporation relating to indemnification of present or former directors or
officers of the Company in a manner which adversely affects their rights to
indemnification, and (ii) for three years after the Effective Time will use
its best efforts to maintain specified officers' and directors' liability
insurance indemnifying them, or if the specified insurance is unavailable for
the current premium, the Surviving Corporation shall obtain as much insurance
as can be obtained for 125% of the current premium. In addition, pursuant to
an agreement entered into with the Company, the members of the Special
Committee are indemnified with respect to their activities as members of the
Special Committee.
 
  Under the Company's existing Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and
certain indemnification arrangements and under currently effective officers'
and directors' liability insurance, the Company's officers and directors may
have certain rights to indemnification with respect to litigation relating to
the Merger. See "Special Factors--Proceedings and Recommendation of the
Special Committee and the Board, Fairness of the Transaction," and "The
Merger--Certain Covenants of the Company and Newco."
 
FINANCING OF THE MERGER
 
  Approximately $22,876,000 will be required in order to pay (i) the holders
of all outstanding shares of Company Stock, other than shares of Company
Common Stock held directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder (except for
Covered Shares), for their shares, (ii) the value of the Stock Options, (iii)
the repayment and/or cancellation of the Company's 8% Convertible Debentures
due 2002 ("Convertible Debentures") other than those held directly or
indirectly by the Major Shareholder, and (iv) the expenses in connection with
the Merger. See "Special Factors--Financing of the Merger." A condition to
consummation of the Merger is that Newco obtain third party financing on terms
satisfactory to the Company and Newco for the funds required to be paid
pursuant to the Merger.
          
  The Company has obtained a proposal (the "Financing Proposal") from Harris
Trust and Saving Bank and American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago
(collectively, the "Banks") to provide financing for the Merger and for
working capital and capital expenditures of the Company and its subsidiaries,
subject to customary conditions and acceptable documentation. The financing
described in the Financing Proposal is currently in documentation and due
diligence review. Under the Financing Proposal, the Banks would provide
certain wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company with a credit facility in an
aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000.     
 
EXPENSES OF THE MERGER
 
  Whether or not the Merger is consummated, the Company has agreed to (i)
assume all of the obligations of the Major Shareholder and any entity formed
by him for purposes of completing the Merger, including Newco (collectively,
the "Client") under that certain Letter Agreement dated November 23, 1994 (the
"Letter Agreement"), by and among the Client, The Argosy Group L.P. and The
Argosy Securities Group L.P. (collectively "Argosy"), including without
limitation, indemnities, contribution, compensation and expense
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
reimbursements all in accordance with Section 15 of such Letter Agreement, and
(ii) pay all reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses and disbursements incurred
in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. A
copy of the Letter Agreement is attached to this Proxy Statement as Annex D.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not assume any obligation or
pay any fees and expenses if the Merger Agreement is terminated because of a
material breach of the Merger Agreement by Newco, Union Capital or the Major
Shareholder.
 
CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER
 
  The obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger are subject to the
approval of the Merger Agreement by the shareholders of the Company, and
compliance with certain other covenants and conditions. See "The Merger--
Conditions to the Merger, Waiver" and "--Certain Covenants of the Company and
Newco."
 
EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES
 
  As soon as practicable following the Effective Time, a letter of transmittal
and instructions for use in surrendering certificates for Company Stock in
exchange for the consideration to be received in the Merger will be mailed to
all shareholders. Shareholders must return the completed letters of
transmittal and their certificates in accordance with the instructions in
order to exchange their certificates for the Merger Consideration to be
received by such shareholder.
 
  At or promptly after the Effective Time, cash in an amount sufficient to pay
all shareholders the amounts to which they will become entitled as a result of
the Merger will be deposited with Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company
(the "Exchange Agent"). As soon as practicable after the Merger, the Exchange
Agent will commence distributing cash to each shareholder (other than the
Major Shareholder, except for Covered Shares, and Union Capital) upon the
surrender by such shareholder of stock certificates for Company Stock
accompanied by a duly executed letter of transmittal. After the Merger, each
outstanding certificate which prior thereto represented issued and outstanding
shares of Company Stock shall be deemed for all purposes to represent only the
right of the holder to receive $4.25 in cash, without interest, per share of
Company Stock (other than shares of Company Common Stock held directly or
indirectly by the Major Shareholder, except for Covered Shares).
 
  HOLDERS OF COMPANY STOCK SHOULD NOT FORWARD THEIR STOCK CERTIFICATES WITH
THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD. TRANSMITTAL MATERIALS AND INSTRUCTIONS RELATING TO
STOCK CERTIFICATES WILL BE MAILED TO SHAREHOLDERS AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER
THE EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER. SEE "THE MERGER."
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
  Generally, if the Merger is consummated, each shareholder of record at the
Effective Time other than the Major Shareholder (except for Covered Shares)
and Union Capital will be entitled to receive cash for their shares and will
recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes equal to the
difference, if any, between the amount of such cash received and the tax basis
of the stock surrendered. Each shareholder should consult such shareholder's
tax adviser as to the particular consequences of the Merger to such
shareholder, including the application of state, local and foreign tax laws.
See "Special Factors--Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger."
 
CERTAIN LITIGATION
 
  On November 8, 1994, a class action complaint was filed in the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County. The complaint
was filed by Frank De Marco on his own behalf and on behalf of all security
holders of the Company except the defendants. Complaint was filed against the
Company and the Major Shareholder, George Kane, Robert Sperling, Mel Gordon
and Frank Stillo, officers and/or directors of the Company. The lawsuit seeks
to enjoin the consummation of the original offer made by the Major Shareholder
to
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
acquire, through a merger transaction, all of the shares of the Company's
Common Stock not owned directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder for a
cash purchase price of $3.25 per share. The suit also seeks, in the
alternative, rescission and damages as well as reimbursement of costs and
disbursements in unspecified amounts.
   
  On June 21, 1995, the parties executed a Stipulation And Agreement of
Compromise Settlement And Release providing for the settlement of the lawsuit.
Consummation of the settlement is subject to certain conditions, including
approval by the Court.     
 
BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
 
  The Company is a holding company, incorporated in Delaware in 1926, with
marketing services businesses consisting of advertising agencies, sales
promotion businesses, and commercial printers. Each subsidiary operates
autonomously, drawing on the parent company for strategic and financial
support. Strong emphasis is placed on individual initiative and enterprise.
The Company conducts an active acquisition and corporate development program.
See "Business of Company." The Company is incorporated in Delaware and its
principal executive offices are located at 405 Park Avenue, New York, New York
10022; telephone number (212) 832-0303.
   
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS     
   
  On July 26, 1995, the Company released the results of its operations for the
second quarter and six months ended June 30, 1995. The Company lost $52,000 in
the second quarter as compared with income of $109,000 last year. For the six
month period the Company earned $293,000 in 1995 as compared with a loss of
$175,000 last year. The second quarter loss was attributable to the
supermarket promotions business of the Excel Marketing Group. The Company is
discontinuing this operation and has incurred losses in the process of closing
it.     
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
  The following table sets forth selected historical financial information for
the Company and its subsidiaries for each of the five years in the period
ended December 31, 1994. The following information should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
Operations and Financial Condition" and the Consolidated Financial Statements
and related Notes included elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>    
<CAPTION>
                            THREE MONTHS
                               ENDED
                             MARCH 31,       AS OF AND FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                          -----------------  -----------------------------------------------------
                            1995     1994      1994       1993       1992       1991       1990
                          --------  -------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                           IN THOUSANDS (EXCEPT PER SHARE)
<S>                       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues
Tangible products.......  $ 25,720  $23,064  $ 106,637  $ 100,095  $  81,273  $  68,291  $  64,719
Services................     5,465    4,497     20,986     18,849     27,971     37,301     35,814
                          --------  -------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                          $ 31,185  $27,561  $ 127,623  $ 118,944  $ 109,244  $ 105,592  $ 100,533
                          ========  =======  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
Income
Tangible products.......     1,248      488  $   1,739  $   3,891  $   3,822  $   2,703  $   3,221
Services................       273      (62)     1,748        684      1,065      2,491      1,155
                          --------  -------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                             1,521      426      3,487      4,575      4,887      5,194      4,376
Unallocated amounts.....      (463)    (426)    (1,582)    (2,148)     2,779     (1,285)    (3,546)
Interest expense........      (483)    (492)    (1,990)    (2,172)    (2,083)    (2,235)    (2,629)
                          --------  -------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before
 taxes..................       575     (492)       (85)       255      5,583      1,674     (1,799)
Income taxes (benefits).       230     (197)       (34)       101      2,233        670     (2,447)
                          --------  -------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary item and
 cumulative effect of
 change in accounting...       345     (295)       (51)       154      3,350      1,004        648
Extraordinary item......                --         --         --      (1,134)       --         --
Cumulative effect of
 change in accounting...       --       --         --         200        --         --         --
                          --------  -------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).......  $    345  $   295  $     (51) $     354  $   2,216  $   1,004  $     648
                          ========  =======  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
Income (loss) per share
Primary
 Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  change in accounting..  $    .06  $  (.05) $    (.02) $     .02  $     .55  $     .16  $     .10
Extraordinary item......       --       --         --         --        (.19)       --         --
Cumulative effect of
 change in accounting...       --       --         --         .03        --         --         --
                          --------  -------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).......  $    .06  $  (.05) $    (.02) $     .05  $     .36  $     .16  $     .10
                          ========  =======  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
Fully diluted
 Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  change in accounting..  $    .05  $  (.05) $    (.02) $     .02  $     .49  $     .16  $     .10
Extraordinary item......       --       --         --         --        (.16)       --         --
Cumulative effect of
 change in accounting...       --       --         --         .03        --         --         --
                          --------  -------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).......  $    .05  $  (.05) $    (.02) $     .05  $     .33  $     .16  $     .10
                          ========  =======  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
Cash dividends per
 common share...........  $   .015  $  .015  $     .06  $     .06  $     .06  $     .06  $     .06
Cash dividends per
 preferred share........  $   .075  $  .075  $     .30  $     .30  $     .30  $     .30  $     .30
Total assets............  $104,693  $97,995  $ 100,456  $  97,242  $  88,631  $  85,378  $  79,528
Long term obligations...  $ 20,113  $21,276  $  20,703  $  21,528  $  22,511  $  17,325  $  14,736
Total Equity............  $ 35,056  $35,081  $  34,773  $  35,499  $  35,605  $  33,803  $  33,214
Ratio of earnings to
 fixed charges(1).......    219.05%       0%     96.17%    117.11%
Book value per share....  $   5.32  $  5.33  $    5.28  $    5.36  $    5.38  $    5.53  $    5.44
</TABLE>     
--------
(1) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    coverage represents the sum of income from continuing operations before
    income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges represent interest paid or
    accrued on indebtedness of the Company.
 
  During 1994 the Company recorded a $2.5 million charge to reduce certain
inventory of the Excel Marketing Group to net realizable values. Also in 1994,
a $1.0 million charge (of which the Company's share is $500,000) was recorded
to adjust the inventory and allowance for returns of Excel Plus, Ltd. a
company in which the Excel Group owns 50%. (See Note 2 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.)
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
  In 1993, the Company acquired the Excel Group of companies. (See Note 2.)
During 1992, the Company sold Caribiner, Inc. (See Note 3.) Operating results
for these businesses are included only for the periods during which the
Company owned them. Effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method
of accounting for income taxes and recorded a $200,000 effect on income. (See
Note 1.)
 
  Included in unallocated amounts are: for 1993, loss on an investment; for
1992, gain on sale of a business; and for 1991 adjustment to an investment.
(See Notes 3 and 5.) In 1990, the Company recorded a $2.8 million loss on an
investment which is included in unallocated amounts. Income for 1990 also
includes a $2 million adjustment to tax liabilities.
 
  In 1992, as a result of retiring an issue of subordinated debentures, the
Company recorded an extraordinary loss of $1,134,000. (See Note 4.)
   
  Total equity reflects asset values at historic cost or amortized historic
cost where appropriate (e.g. for property, plant and equipment) (see
Consolidated Balance Sheets and accompanying notes in the financial statements
included elsewhere in this proxy statement). Book values per share are
calculated based on total equity adjusted to include the conversion of the
Convertible Debentures divided by the sum of outstanding Company Stock and the
Company Common Stock deemed to have been issued upon conversion of the
Convertible Debentures. Total equity and book value per share would change if
the fair values of the Company's property, plant and equipment were different
from amortized historic cost and such fair values were substituted for
amortized historic cost in the Company's balance sheets. The Company did not
have its property, plant and equipment appraised to determine what change, if
any, in total equity and book value per share might result from such
substitution of values. Nevertheless, the Company's management does not
believe that the fair values of the Company's property, plant and equipment
would exceed amortized historic cost. The reasons for management's belief are
described below.     
 
  The Company's property, plant and equipment at March 31, 1995 and December
31, 1994 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               MARCH 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                               -------------- -----------------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                         <C>            <C>
   Leasehold improvements.....................    $  3,749        $  3,497
   Machinery and equipment....................      42,736          42,337
                                                  --------        --------
   Total historic cost........................      46,485          45,834
   Less accumulated depreciation and
    amortization..............................     (20,349)        (19,154)
                                                  --------        --------
   Amortized historic cost....................    $ 26,136        $ 26,680
                                                  ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
  The balances of machinery and equipment at historic cost can be identified
as printing and non-printing as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                MARCH 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                -------------- -----------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                          <C>            <C>
   Printing....................................    $37,710          $37,501
   Non-printing................................      5,026            4,836
                                                   -------          -------
                                                   $42,736          $42,337
                                                   =======          =======
</TABLE>
 
  As disclosed above, the Company's property, plant and equipment consists of
leasehold improvements, printing equipment and equipment for non-printing
businesses. The Company does not own any real property.
 
  The Company's management has determined in its reasonable judgment that, as
a general rule, the fair value of leasehold improvements and non-printing
equipment would not exceed amortized historic cost. Leasehold improvements are
attached to the leased property and cannot be sold separate and apart from the
leased property. In most instances any value of the improvements becomes the
property of the landlord.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
  Non-printing equipment consists of furniture and office equipment including
computer and other electronic data processing and communication devices.
Although valuable to the ongoing businesses, these assets have limited demand
on the resale market.
 
  The Company's printing machinery and equipment is of high quality and well
maintained. However, the market for used printing equipment has been and
remains soft. The printing industry is experiencing a consolidation which has
resulted in a surplus of equipment available for sale. Accordingly, the
Company's management does not believe that the fair value of the Company's
printing machinery and equipment would exceed amortized cost.
 
RECENT MARKET PRICES
 
  The Company Common Stock is traded principally on the NYSE. The following
table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, the high and low sales
prices per share of Company Common Stock on the NYSE:
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
                                                                     HIGH   LOW
                                                                     ----- -----
   <S>                                                               <C>   <C>
   1993:
     First Quarter.................................................. 3 3/4 3
     Second Quarter................................................. 3 1/2 2
     Third Quarter.................................................. 3 1/4 2 1/4
     Fourth Quarter................................................. 2 7/8 2 3/8
   1994:
     First Quarter.................................................. 3 3/8 2 3/8
     Second Quarter................................................. 3     2 3/8
     Third Quarter.................................................. 2 5/8 2 1/4
     Fourth Quarter................................................. 3 1/2 2 3/8
   1995:
     First Quarter.................................................. 4     2 3/4
     Second Quarter ................................................ 3 7/8 3 1/2
     Third Quarter (to date)........................................ 3 3/4 3 1/2
</TABLE>    
 
  On October 31, 1994, the last trading day prior to the public announcement
of the Major Shareholder's proposal to purchase Company Common Stock held by
Public Common Shareholders for $3.25 per share, the closing sales price for
the Company Common Stock was $2.875. On March 20, 1995, the last trading day
prior to the public announcement of (i) the approval by the Board of the
Merger Agreement and (ii) the increase by the Major Shareholder of the offered
price to $4.25 per share, the closing sales price for the Company Common Stock
was $3.00. On March 28, 1995, the last trading day prior to the public
announcement of the signing of the Merger Agreement, the closing sales price
for the Company Common Stock was $3.875. Shareholders are advised to obtain
current market quotations for the Company Common Stock.
   
  The Company Preferred Stock trades, on a limited and sporadic basis, in the
over-the-counter market. The Company contacted the National Association of
Securities Dealers ("NASD") regarding trading in the Company Preferred Stock.
The Company was unable to obtain any information concerning trading in the
Company Preferred Stock for fiscal year 1993 but was provided with the
following information, for the fiscal periods indicated:     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             HIGH BID LOW BID
                                                             -------- -------
   <S>                                                       <C>      <C>
   1994:
     First Quarter..........................................   --      --
     Second Quarter.........................................   3       --
     Third Quarter..........................................   3       2 3/4
     Fourth Quarter.........................................   3       2 3/4
</TABLE>
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
                                                             HIGH BID LOW BID
                                                             -------- -------
   <S>                                                       <C>      <C>
   1995:
     First Quarter..........................................   3       2 3/4
     Second Quarter ........................................   3       3
     Third Quarter (to date)................................   3       3
</TABLE>    
 
  On March 27, 1995, the last trading day prior to the public announcement of
the signing of the Merger Agreement for which a bid price was reported, the
Company Preferred Stock was quoted at a bid of $3.00.
 
 Dividends During Past Two Years:
   
  The Company pays dividends on a quarterly basis and currently there are no
restrictions on the payment of such dividends. The Company declared and paid
dividends on each share of Company Stock as follows for the years ended 1994
and 1993 and for the first two quarters of 1995:     
 
<TABLE>       
<CAPTION>
                                                              FIRST TWO QUARTERS
                                                    1994 1993      OF 1995
                                                    ---- ---- ------------------
      <S>                                           <C>  <C>  <C>
      Common Stock................................. $.06 $.06       $.0015
      Preferred Stock.............................. $.30 $.30       $ .075
</TABLE>    
 
  Newco is a newly formed Delaware corporation organized by the Major
Shareholder on March 17, 1995, in connection with the Merger and the Major
Shareholder owns all of the capital stock of Newco. Prior to the Merger, Newco
will not have any significant assets or liabilities (other than rights and
obligations related to the Merger).
 
UNION CAPITAL
 
  Union Capital was formed in Nevada on June 28, 1976. The Major Shareholder
owns all of the capital stock of Union Capital. Union Capital has no
significant assets or liabilities, other than the Company Common Stock.
 
                                SPECIAL FACTORS
 
BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER
   
  At the Board meeting held on November 1, 1994, the Major Shareholder made a
formal proposal to the Board to buy all of the Common Stock not owned directly
or indirectly by him for a consideration of $3.25 in cash for each outstanding
share (the "Original Proposal"). The Board determined that it would be
appropriate to establish a Special Committee to review the Original Proposal
and make a recommendation to the Board as to the advisability and fairness to
the Public Common Shareholders of such proposal. Accordingly, the Board
appointed a Special Committee composed of Mr. John C. Mickle (the chairman of
the Special Committee), Mr. Mel Gordon, Mr. C. Gordon Murphy and Mr. Bernard
S. White. Each of the Special Committee members is an outside director of the
Company and is not employed by or affiliated with the Company other than in
his capacity as a director. Except for Mr. Garrett who is one of the Company's
non-employee directors but is Mr. Marlas' brother-in-law, the members of the
Special Committee constitute all of the Company's non-employee directors. The
Board authorized the Special Committee to take all appropriate steps to
consider the proposal and the Special Committee was specifically authorized to
retain special legal counsel and an independent financial advisor, and to
incur other appropriate fees and expenses. The Special Committee held several
meetings throughout late 1994 and the first quarter of 1995, in which among
other things the Special Committee (1) retained the law firm of Kirkland &
Ellis, to act as its special, independent legal advisor, (2) retained the
investment banking firm of Schroder Wertheim as its financial advisor, and (3)
negotiated with the Major Shareholder the terms of his proposal. As a result
of such negotiations (subject to the resolution of several issues on the
merger agreement to the satisfaction of the Major Shareholder) the Major
Shareholder expressed its willingness to increase the consideration to $4.25
per share and at a meeting on March 13, 1995 the Special Committee determined
to     
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
recommend approval of the revised proposal to the Board. See "--Proceedings
and Recommendation of the Special Committee and the Board, Fairness of the
Transaction."
   
  At the Board meeting held on March 21, 1995, the Major Shareholder confirmed
his proposal to increase the consideration from $3.25 in cash for each
outstanding share of Company Common Stock to $4.25 in cash for each
outstanding share of Company Common Stock. The Major Shareholder also informed
the Special Committee and the Board that he was contemplating offering to
purchase shares of Company Preferred Stock for $4.25 per share. Based on the
recommendation of the Special Committee and the opinion of Schroder Wertheim
that the Merger Consideration was fair to the Public Common Shareholders, and
considering also the independence of the Special Committee and Schroder
Wertheim, the Board adopted the conclusion and analyses of Schroder Wertheim
as its own, and approved the Merger Agreement subject to the Board's receipt
of Schroder Wertheim's written opinion that the consideration payable to the
holders of the Company Preferred Stock is fair to such holders, from a
financial point of view. On March 28, 1995, Schroder Wertheim undertook an
analysis of the fairness of the Merger Consideration to holders of the Company
Preferred Stock and reexecuted and delivered its written opinion of March 21,
1995 that the Merger Consideration was fair to the Public Shareholders from a
financial point of view, and the Merger Agreement was subsequently executed
and delivered on March 29, 1995. See "--Opinion of Financial Advisor."     
 
PROCEEDINGS AND RECOMMENDATION OF THE SPECIAL COMMITTEE AND THE BOARD,
FAIRNESS OF THE TRANSACTION
 
 Proceedings of the Special Committee
 
  The Special Committee was established by the Board to review the Original
Proposal and to make a recommendation to the Board as to the advisability and
fairness of such Original Proposal to the Public Common Shareholders.
   
  To assist it in carrying out its responsibilities the Special Committee,
after interviewing several investment banking firms and law firms experienced
with transactions of the type proposed by the Major Shareholder, retained
Schroder Wertheim as its financial advisor and Kirkland & Ellis as its legal
advisor. See "Opinion of Financial Advisor." The Special Committee directed
Schroder Wertheim to obtain all financial and other information regarding the
Company's businesses and assets that were necessary for Schroder Wertheim to
evaluate the Company and render an opinion, from a financial point of view, as
to the fairness of the Original Proposal to the Public Common Shareholders.
The Special Committee also directed its legal advisor to discuss with the
Major Shareholder's legal counsel the structure of, and other legal issues
relating to, the Original Proposal. The Company's management was directed by
the Board to cooperate fully with the Special Committee's financial and legal
advisors and to provide any information they requested and the advisors
reported to the Special Committee that the Company's management was fully
cooperative and provided all requested information.     
 
  The Special Committee held five formal meetings and various informal
conferences among its members and/or financial and legal advisors. During the
period following its appointment and the retention of advisors, the Special
Committee (i) familiarized itself with the legal obligations and various
structures involving transactions such as the Original Proposal, and the
related legal and tax considerations, (ii) met with senior managers of the
Company's principal business groups to discuss developments affecting, and
prospects for, each such business group, (iii) reviewed the management
forecasts of the operating and financial results for the Company for the
fiscal years ending December 31, 1995 through December 31, 1999 (the "Five
Year Projections") (see "--Projected Operating and Financial Results of the
Company"), (iv) reviewed the Company's audited financial statements for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1994, (v) received reports from the Special
Committee's financial and legal advisors regarding discussions and
negotiations with the Major Shareholder and his financial and legal advisors,
(vi) met with the Major Shareholder to discuss his reasons for
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
the proposal and his plans with respect to the proposal and the Company, and
(vii) considered the opportunities and risks facing the Company and its Public
Common Shareholders in view of the Special Committee members' knowledge of the
Company, the reports of the Special Committee's legal and financial advisors
and the Five Year Projections. Such opportunities considered by the Special
Committee include the opportunity of the Company's printing business to take
advantage of the increased capacity of its printing facilities, as well as its
reputation for excellent service. Such risks considered by the Special
Committee include the continuing need for capital expenditures by the
Company's printing business in order to maintain the technical level of the
printing facilities, the challenge of generating a return sufficient to
support such capital expenditures and the dependence of the Company's
advertising business upon a few key individuals and a relatively small number
of important client accounts.
   
  On January 17, 1995, the Special Committee met with Schroder Wertheim and
discussed the Original Proposal. Schroder Wertheim reviewed with the Special
Committee the Five Year Projections (see "--Projected Operating and Financial
Results of the Company") and the Company's principal business groups on an
operational and financial basis, discussed current financial market
conditions, reviewed the business valuations involved in various acquisitions
of comparable companies, and reviewed the trading history of the Company
Common Stock. After discussion, the Special Committee asked Schroder Wertheim
for its preliminary opinion with respect to the fairness, from a financial
point of view, of the Original Proposal to the Public Common Shareholders.
Schroder Wertheim responded that, based on the then current state of its
review, the Original Proposal by the Major Shareholder was not fair, from a
financial point of view to the Public Common Shareholders. The Special
Committee then instructed Schroder Wertheim to advise the Major Shareholder's
financial advisor that the Special Committee would not recommend the Original
Proposal and to discuss the valuation issues with such advisor.     
   
  In February 1995 Schroder Wertheim responded orally to the Special Committee
regarding certain questions raised in the January 17, 1995 meeting and handed
out a written comparison, for the years 1989 through 1994, of the budgeted
revenues and operating income prepared by management for each of the Company's
business units against the actual results achieved and reported that it had
discussed valuation issues with the Major Shareholder's financial advisor and
had informed them that the Original Proposal would not be acceptable to the
Special Committee. Schroder Wertheim also reported to the Special Committee
that the Major Shareholder's financial advisor had indicated that there was a
possibility of increasing the merger consideration if a mutually acceptable
merger agreement was negotiated. The Special Committee authorized Schroder
Wertheim to continue discussions and to attempt to negotiate on behalf of the
Special Committee an increased merger consideration for the Public Common
Shareholders. The Special Committee also authorized its legal advisor,
Kirkland & Ellis, to continue negotiations with the Major Shareholder's legal
counsel concerning certain non-financial terms and conditions of a draft
merger agreement which the Major Shareholder's legal counsel had prepared to
effect the Original Proposal.     
   
  During the week of February 20, 1995, Schroder Wertheim reported to the
Special Committee that its negotiations with the Major Shareholder and his
financial advisors had resulted in an expression by the Major Shareholder
that, (subject to the resolution of several issues on the merger agreement to
the satisfaction of the Major Shareholder) he would be willing to increase the
merger consideration to as high as $4.25 per share. The Special Committee also
received a report from Kirkland & Ellis on various issues relating to the
draft merger agreement. The Special Committee instructed Schroder Wertheim to
determine whether, assuming that the Major Shareholder was willing to increase
the merger consideration to $4.25 per share, such consideration was fair from
a financial point of view to the Public Common Shareholders.     
   
  The Special Committee met on March 8, 1995, and received and discussed a
written presentation, including financial analysis, from Schroder Wertheim
evaluating a transaction in which the Major Shareholder or his affiliates
would acquire all shares of the Company Common Stock held by the Public Common
Shareholders for an assumed consideration of $4.25 in cash per share
("Proposal"). Schroder Wertheim stated it was prepared to render its opinion
that such a Proposal was fair to the Public Common Shareholders from a
financial point of     
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
view. See "--Opinion of Financial Advisor." The Special Committee also
discussed certain unresolved issues relating to the draft merger agreement,
including the shareholder vote required to approve the transaction.
   
  In early March 1995, Kirkland & Ellis initiated discussions with plaintiff's
counsel in the Delaware class action (see "--Certain Litigation") concerning
the status of the Proposal and the Special Committee's actions. The Special
Committee authorized Kirkland & Ellis to provide plaintiff's counsel with a
copy of (i) the Schroder Wertheim March 8, 1995 written presentation, (ii) the
minutes of the Special Committee's proceedings and (iii) other documentation
related to the Proposal. The Special Committee discussed various matters
raised by plaintiff's counsel and its expert.     
   
  On March 14, 1995 the Special Committee met, reviewed a draft of the
Schroder Wertheim written opinion, a revised draft of the merger agreement,
and received a report from Kirkland & Ellis regarding discussions with
plaintiff's counsel in the Delaware class action. After discussion, the
Special Committee resolved to recommend the Proposal for adoption by the Board
as advisable and fair to the Public Common Shareholders, subject to receipt of
a final written opinion of Schroder Wertheim in substance the same as the
draft opinion reviewed at the meeting and written confirmation from the Major
Shareholder of his present intention not to sell substantial assets of the
Company.     
   
  On March 21, 1995, the Special Committee reviewed the final written opinion
of Schroder Wertheim and received a letter from the Major Shareholder
confirming that his present intention with respect to the Company after the
Merger was to continue the investments that the Company had made in its
existing businesses and that he currently contemplated no sales of any
significant assets of the Company or other material changes in regard to the
business, other than changes in capital structure resulting from the Merger.
The Special Committee then authorized the delivery of its report to the Board.
On March 21, 1995 at a meeting of the Board, Mr. John C. Mickle delivered the
report of the Special Committee, including that the Special Committee had
unanimously concluded that the Proposal, as reviewed by the Special Committee,
was advisable and fair to the Public Common Shareholders and that the Special
Committee recommended that the Proposal be approved by the Board.     
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDATION
   
  As noted above, on March 21, 1995, based on the Major Shareholder's offer to
pay $4.25 per share, the recommendation of the Special Committee and the
opinion of Schroder Wertheim that the Merger Consideration was fair to the
Public Common Shareholders and considering the independence of the Special
Committee and Schroder Wertheim, the Board adopted the conclusion and analyses
of Schroder Wertheim as its own, and, subject to the Board's receipt of a
written opinion from Schroder Wertheim that the consideration payable to the
holders of the Company Preferred Stock is fair to such holders, unanimously
(with Mr. Marlas and Mr. Garrett (who is Mr. Marlas' brother-in-law)
abstaining) approved the Merger Agreement. Schroder Wertheim undertook an
analysis of the fairness of the Merger Consideration to holders of the Company
Preferred Stock and reexecuted and delivered to the Board its written opinion
of March 21, 1995, that the Merger Consideration was fair to the Public
Shareholders, from a financial point of view. This condition having been
satisfied, the Board unanimously recommends a vote FOR approval and adoption
of the Merger Agreement.     
   
  Although the Merger Consideration is within the per share equity value
ranges which resulted from financial analysis performed by Schroder Wertheim
and described under "--Opinion of Financial Advisor," the Merger Consideration
is less than the high-end of each such equity value range; however, based on
the independence of the Special Committee, the designation by the Special
Committee of Schroder Wertheim as an independent financial advisor, the
fairness opinion of Schroder Wertheim and the recommendation of the Special
Committee, the Board has determined that the Merger Consideration is
nonetheless fair to the Public Shareholders.     
 
FAIRNESS OF THE MERGER
 
  The Special Committee concluded that the Merger is advisable and fair to the
Public Common Shareholders and recommended approval of the Merger to the
Board. This conclusion and recommendation was adopted by the Board. In
reaching this conclusion, the Special Committee considered a number of factors
in light of the Special Committee's knowledge of and familiarity with, and
senior management's presentation and the Special
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
   
Committee's advisor's advice regarding, the business, financial condition,
results of operations and prospects of the Company, as well as the industries
it serves, the risks associated with achieving its prospective operating
results and general economic and market conditions. The Special Committee
discussed the financial analysis of Schroder Wertheim and found it to be
reasonable and adopted the conclusion of Schroder Wertheim as its own. In view
of the wide variety of factors considered in connection with its evaluation of
the Merger, the Special Committee did not find it practicable to, and did not,
quantify or otherwise attempt to assign relative weights to the specific
factors considered in reaching its determination. The Special Committee
considered each of the factors to be an integral basis of its determination to
recommend the Merger and was not able to assign relative importance to any one
factor over another factor.     
 
  In particular, the factors considered by the Special Committee included:
     
  (a) The written opinion of Schroder Wertheim, dated March 21, 1995, to the
      effect that, as of the date of such opinion, the Merger Consideration
      is fair to the Public Common Shareholders from a financial point of
      view, and the analysis and information previously presented to the
      Special Committee orally and in writing by Schroder Wertheim (the
      "Schroder Wertheim Presentation").     
     
  (b) The relationship of the valuations of the Company implied by the Merger
      Consideration to the actual and projected financial results of the
      Company for 1994 and 1995, respectively (see "--Projected Operating and
      Financial Results of the Company", "--Opinion of Financial Advisor--
      Purchase Price Analysis," and "--Opinion of Financial Advisor--
      Discounted Cash Flow Analysis").     
     
  (c) The relationship of the Merger Consideration to both the market price
      of the Company Common Stock prior to the announcement of the Original
      Proposal and the historical trading range for the Company Common Stock
      and the general lack of liquidity provided by the market for the
      Company Common Stock. This lack of liquidity is evidenced by the fact
      that for the six month period prior to the public announcement of the
      Original Proposal on November 1, 1994, of 128 trading days, on 46 of
      those days (36%), no trading of the shares of the Company Common Stock
      was recorded, and during the same period, on average, approximately
      1,800 shares of the Company Common Stock traded daily, well below the
      approximately 132,000 share average daily trading volume for a New York
      Stock Exchange listed company.     
     
  (d) The valuations of the Company implied by the Merger Consideration being
      within the range of the liquidation and going concern values for the
      Company as described in the Schroder Wertheim Presentation (see "--
      Opinion of Financial Advisor").     
     
  (e) The fact that the value of the Company implied by the Merger
      Consideration was lower than the book value of the Company as of
      December 31, 1994 was not significant because such book value is not a
      true measure of value but rather is an accounting concept based on
      historical prices paid for the assets whereas the Merger Consideration
      is a market concept based on the earning capacity of the Company's
      businesses.     
     
  (f) The process by which the Merger Consideration and Merger Agreement were
      negotiated.     
   
  The Special Committee considered the valuations of the Company implied by
the Merger Consideration as a multiple of historical net income of the Company
for 1994 (before deduction of certain non-recurring expenses related to the
Excel Marketing Group) and management's projected net income for 1995. See "--
Opinion of Financial Advisor--Purchase Price Analysis." The Special Committee
considered that $4.25 cash per share to be paid to the Public Common
Shareholders pursuant to the Merger represents a premium of 47.8% over the
$2.875 closing price quotation for the Company Common Stock as reported by the
New York Stock Exchange on October 31, 1994, the last trading date prior to
the public announcement of the Original Proposal. The Special Committee also
considered that $4.25 per share exceeded the range of trading prices of the
Common Stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange during the last four
years. See "Recent Market Prices; Dividend History." The Special Committee
reviewed the various valuation ranges arrived at by the Schroder Wertheim
Presentation, and noted that the Merger Consideration was within the range of
values suggested by each of the various methodologies described under "--
Opinion of Financial Advisor," below, and included in the Schroder Wertheim
Presentation. The Special Committee noted that the companies selected for
Schroder Wertheim's Comparable Publicly Traded Company Analysis were
considerably larger and, in most cases, more diversified     
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
   
than the Company. The Special Committee considered that this would tend to
make the range of values suggested by the Comparable Publicly Traded Analysis
less accurate than the values suggested by the other valuation methods used by
Schroder Wertheim. See "Opinion of Financial Advisor." The Special Committee
also noted that to seek a potentially higher value for the Public Common
Shareholders through a liquidation involved substantial uncertainty, expense
and delay.     
   
  Due to the position of the Major Shareholder, who owns directly or
indirectly an aggregate of approximately 48% of the Company Common Stock
outstanding, and based on discussions with Schroder Wertheim and legal
counsel, the Special Committee believed that it was impracticable to solicit
effectively acquisition offers for the Company from third parties. The Major
Shareholder, who effectively could prevent any sale of the Company or its
assets, had stated he would not agree to such a sale. The Special Committee
was advised that in 1994 a group of investors indicated to the Major
Shareholder some interest in acquiring the Company's printing business, but
that based on the perceived low price suggested by such group of investors and
the group's apparent lack of a source of financing for the transaction, this
inquiry was not considered serious and was not pursued by management. The
Special Committee was advised that no other formal expressions of interest in
acquiring the Company or any substantial assets of the Company have been
received recently by the Company or the Major Shareholder.     
 
  The Special Committee also considered the process by which the Merger
Consideration and the Merger Agreement were negotiated, noting that the Merger
Agreement was the result of more than four months of consideration and
negotiation by the Special Committee and its legal and financial advisors, and
that as a result of the negotiations the Major Shareholder had increased his
offered price by 30.8% from $3.25 to $4.25.
   
  The Special Committee took into consideration that following the Merger the
Public Common Shareholders would not participate in any future growth of the
Company, and that the Major Shareholder would benefit from any increase or
suffer the detriment of any decrease in the value of the Company. The Major
Shareholder's Original Proposal provided that the Merger should require the
vote of a majority of the shareholders. The Special Committee discussed
whether approval of the Merger should require the affirmative vote of a
majority of the Public Common Shareholders and negotiated the issue with the
representatives of the Major Shareholder. The representatives advised the
Special Committee that the Major Shareholder would not accept such a
requirement because he felt it could give a small minority of the Company's
shareholders the power to veto the Merger. However, as a result of these
negotiations, the Major Shareholder expressed his willingness to modify his
Original Proposal to require that the Merger be subject to the vote of two-
thirds of the votes cast at the Special Meeting. Consequently, the Special
Committee determined that, in view of the perceived economic benefit of the
Merger to the Public Common Shareholders, the Public Common Shareholders
should not be deprived of the opportunity to receive the Merger Consideration
and the Special Committee recommended approval of the Merger with the special
voting requirements set forth in "The Merger--Required Vote." The Special
Committee considered that such special voting requirements, which condition
the Merger on two-thirds of the votes cast at the Special Meeting of
shareholders being voted to approve the transaction, enable Public Common
Shareholders holding between 25 and 33 1/3% of the outstanding shares of
Company Common Stock (depending upon how many such shares are voted in favor
of the Merger) to prevent the occurrence of the Merger by voting against the
Merger.     
   
  The Special Committee, based upon information provided by the Company and
discussions with officials of the Company, as of the date of this Proxy
Statement, has been advised by the Company's management that there have not
been any significant changes in the Company's financial projections or other
information provided by the Company to the Special Committee or Schroder
Wertheim which would alter its fairness determination. It is a condition to
the Merger that the fairness opinion of Schroder Wertheim, dated March 21,
1995, shall not have been withdrawn. In addition, Schroder Wertheim has
confirmed its fairness opinion as of the date of this Proxy Statement.     
 
  The Special Committee reviewed the complaint filed in the litigation and
considered comments by counsel for the plaintiff in the class action that the
merger consideration offered in the Original Proposal should be
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
increased and that the Merger should be subject to a separate vote by the
Public Common Shareholders. The Special Committee noted that the complaint as
filed was based on the Original Proposal and not the $4.25 per share
consideration recommended by the Special Committee.
 
  No member of the Special Committee is employed by or affiliated with the
Company or the Major Shareholder except as a director of the Company. No such
member is or is expected to become an affiliate of, or has or is expected to
acquire any equity interest in, Newco or the Surviving Corporation; except
that after the Merger, the current directors of the Company, including members
of the Special Committee, will remain in such capacities with the Surviving
Corporation until successors are duly elected or appointed in accordance with
the applicable law. In light of the amount of time that was expected to be
devoted by the members of the Special Committee in connection with their
consideration of the Merger, the Special Committee received compensation in
addition to their regular compensation as members of the Board of $5,000 per
member ($7,500 for Mr. John C. Mickle, chairman of the Special Committee) for
each month or portion thereof, commencing with November 1, 1994, that such
member is serving on the Special Committee. This fee has been paid to the
members of the Special Committee for serving on the Special Committee through
March 31, 1995. Pursuant to an agreement entered into with the Company, the
members of the Special Committee are indemnified by the Company with respect
to their activities as members of the Special Committee. The members of the
Special Committee and the other members of the Board are also indemnified by
the Company under the Company's charter documents and the applicable sections
of the Delaware General Corporation Law with respect to their actions in
connection with the Merger. In addition, the members of the Special Committee
and the other members of the Board are entitled to the benefits of a
directors', and officers' liability insurance policy maintained by the
Company.
 
OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR
   
  The Special Committee retained Schroder Wertheim to act as its financial
advisor in connection with its consideration of the Merger Agreement based on
Schroder Wertheim's experience in valuations of companies and their securities
in general. Schroder Wertheim is a nationally recognized investment banking
firm and, as part of its business, is engaged in the valuation of businesses
and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated
underwritings, secondary distributions of securities, private placements and
valuations for estate, corporate and other purposes. No limitations were
imposed by the Special Committee or the Company on the scope of the
investigations by Schroder Wertheim or the procedures followed by Schroder
Wertheim in connection with the rendering of its opinion. Schroder Wertheim
was not authorized to, and did not, solicit any indications of interest from
any other party in connection with a possible sale of the Company or any
assets of the Company.     
   
  On March 8, 1995, Schroder Wertheim orally advised the Special Committee
that, based on various considerations and assumptions, it was of the opinion
as investment bankers that, as of such date, the Merger Consideration of $4.25
cash per share was fair, from a financial point of view, to the Public Common
Shareholders and reviewed with the Special Committee a written analysis on
which such opinion was based. A copy of such written analysis is available for
inspection and copying at the Company's offices at 405 Park Avenue, New York,
New York 10022, by any interested equity security holder of the Company or his
representative who has been so designated in writing. Schroder Wertheim
subsequently confirmed its oral opinion by delivering to the Special Committee
its written opinion dated March 21, 1995, that the Merger Consideration is
fair from a financial point of view to the Public Common Shareholders. On
March 28, 1995, Schroder Wertheim reexecuted and delivered its written opinion
of March 21, 1995, that the Merger Consideration was fair to the Public
Shareholders from a financial point of view. A subsequent written opinion,
dated the date of this Proxy Statement, was also delivered to the Special
Committee which opinion is substantially similar to the March 21 opinion. The
full text of Schroder Wertheim's written opinion, dated the date of this Proxy
Statement, which has set forth the assumptions made, procedures followed,
matters considered and limits of its review, is attached hereto as Annex B and
is incorporated by reference herein. The following summary is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the full text of such opinion. Stockholders are urged
to and should read such opinion in its entirety for a complete description of
the assumptions made, matters considered and limits of the review     
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
   
conducted by Schroder Wertheim in rendering its opinion. Schroder Wertheim's
opinion does not constitute a recommendation to the stockholders as to how to
vote on the Merger Agreement at the Special Meeting.     
   
  In connection with its opinion dated March 21, 1995, Schroder Wertheim,
among other things has: (a) reviewed the draft dated March 20, 1995 Annual
Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1994; the Annual Reports on Form 10-K and the audited financial statements of
the Company for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1993; its Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1994; its Proxy
Statement dated April 11, 1994, and reports issued by the Company on Form 8-K
dated March 3, 1993 and June 30, 1992; and all amendments thereto; (b)
reviewed certain internal, unaudited financial analyses prepared by management
of the Company which relate primarily to the Company's historical and
projected financial information; (c) reviewed the management forecasts dated
December 16, 1994 of the operating and financial results for the Company for
the fiscal years ending December 31, 1995 through December 31, 1999 and
discussed with management any subsequent adjustments to those forecasts
through March 20, 1995 (as previously defined, the Five Year Projections) (see
"Projected Operating and Financial Results of the Company"); (d) visited the
principal operating divisions of the Company, including Sandy Alexander, Inc.
and Partners & Shevack, Inc.; (e) conducted discussions with the senior
management of the Company concerning its historical and forecasted financial
and operating results as presented and described in (a), (b) and (c) above;
(f) performed various valuation analyses, as deemed appropriate, of the
Company using generally accepted analytical methodologies, including (1)
discounted cash flow valuation analyses; (2) the application of the multiples
reflected in recent mergers and acquisitions for comparable businesses to the
financial results of the Company; and (3) the application of the public
trading multiples of comparable companies to the financial results of the
Company; (g) reviewed the trading history of the Company Common Stock and the
Company Preferred Stock in the public marketplace from January 1, 1990 to
March 20, 1995; (h) reviewed the trading prices and yields of selected
publicly traded preferred stocks; (i) reviewed the Statement of Resolution
Establishing Series of Shares, Series A Preferred Stock of the Company, dated
September 3, 1982; (j) reviewed the draft of the Merger Agreement dated March
17, 1995; (k) discussed with the financial advisor to the Major Shareholder
plans for financing the Merger; and (l) performed such other financial
studies, analyses, inquiries and investigations as Schroder Wertheim deemed
appropriate.     
   
  In connection with its subsequent written opinion, dated the date of this
Proxy Statement, Schroder Wertheim updated as needed its review of the items
set forth in the previous paragraph and reviewed the following documents and
information which was not available at the time Schroder Wertheim delivered
its March 21, 1995 opinion: the Annual Report on Form 10-K and the audited
financial statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1994; the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March
31, 1995; the unaudited financial results of the Company for the three month
and six month periods ended June 30, 1995; and the final form of the Merger
Agreement, dated as of March 21, 1995.     
   
  In rendering its opinion, Schroder Wertheim relied, with the permission of
the Special Committee, upon the accuracy and completeness of all information
supplied or otherwise made available to it by the Company, and Schroder
Wertheim did not assume any responsibility to independently verify such
information, or undertake an independent appraisal of the assets or
liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Company and was not furnished
with any such appraisals. Schroder Wertheim and the Special Committee were
advised by senior officers of the Company, and assumed without any
responsibility to verify, that the financial projections provided by
management and used in Schroder Wertheim's analyses were reasonably prepared
and reflected the best currently available estimates and judgment of senior
management of the Company as to the expected future financial performance of
the Company. Schroder Wertheim also reviewed and discussed with management of
the Company various competitive and other factors, risks, and opportunities
affecting the different business groups of the Company.     
   
  The following is a summary of certain financial analyses presented by
Schroder Wertheim in the Schroder Wertheim Presentation, and utilized in
connection with its written opinion to the Special Committee. It does not
purport to be a complete description of the Schroder Wertheim Presentation. It
does, however, summarize the principal financial analyses performed by and
relied upon by Schroder Wertheim in arriving at its opinion. The preparation
of a fairness opinion is a complex project and is not necessarily susceptible
to partial analysis or     
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
   
summary description. No single analytical methodology used by Schroder
Wertheim was critical to its overall conclusion as each analytical technique
has its inherent strengths and weaknesses. No company or transaction used in
any comparable analysis as a comparison is identical to the Company or the
proposed Merger. Accordingly, an analysis of the results is not mathematical,
rather it involves complex considerations and judgments concerning differences
in financial and operating characteristics of the comparable companies and
other factors that could affect the public trading value of the comparable
companies to which they are being compared. The nature of available
information may further affect the value of any particular methodology or
technique. Schroder Wertheim's conclusion was based upon all the analyses and
factors that it considered taken as a whole and also on the application of
Schroder Wertheim's experience and judgment. Its conclusion involved
significant elements of subjective judgment and qualitative analysis. No
value, merit or weight of any single technique or factor was assigned by
Schroder Wertheim. Accordingly, Schroder Wertheim believes that its analyses
must be considered as a whole and that to focus upon specific portions of such
analyses and factors would create an incomplete and misleading view of the
processes underlying the preparation of the opinion. Schroder Wertheim's
analyses and opinion were based upon management's forecasts and projections of
future results which are not necessarily indicative of actual future results.
Actual results may be significantly more or less favorable than the projected
results. In performing its analyses, Schroder Wertheim made numerous
assumptions with respect to industry performance, general business and
economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the Company's
control. Any estimates contained therein are not necessarily indicative of
actual value, which may be significantly more or less favorable than as set
forth therein. Estimates of value for the companies do not purport to be
appraisals or necessarily reflect the prices at which companies may actually
be sold. Because such estimates are inherently subject to uncertainty,
Schroder Wertheim assumes no responsibility for their accuracy.     
   
  PURCHASE PRICE ANALYSIS. In conducting its analysis, Schroder Wertheim
reviewed the Merger Consideration and calculated that the aggregate value of
the equity of the Company implied by the Merger Consideration is $38.3
million, taking into consideration the number of shares of Company Common
Stock outstanding, the outstanding Stock Options with an exercise price lower
than the Merger Consideration, the Convertible Debentures and the Company
Preferred Stock (the "Equity Value"). Similarly, Schroder Wertheim calculated
that the Aggregate Enterprise Value of the Company (defined as the aggregate
Equity Value of the Company, plus outstanding debt, less cash and temporary
investments) implied by the Merger Consideration is $49.9 million. Based on
these calculations, Schroder Wertheim determined that the Aggregate Enterprise
Value as a multiple to revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 1994
("LTM") is .4x; to LTM earnings before interest and taxes ("EBIT"), 12.0x; to
LTM earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"),
5.7x; to management's projected 1995 revenues, .4x; to management's projected
1995 EBIT, 12.8x; to management's projected 1995 EBITDA, 5.1x. Schroder
Wertheim also determined that the Equity Value as a multiple to LTM net income
was 17.2x; to management's projected 1995 net income, 21.6x; to the book
equity ($45.5 million) and tangible book equity ($33.4 million) of the Company
at December 31, 1994 (taking into consideration the outstanding Stock Options
with an exercise price lower than the Merger Consideration, the Convertible
Debentures and the Company Preferred Stock), 0.8x and 1.1x respectively. For
purposes of calculating these multiples, certain nonrecurring expenses
recorded in 1994 were added back to income. In addition, for both 1994 and
1995 the Convertible Debentures were assumed to have been converted and
certain Stock Options were assumed to have been exercised.     
   
  Schroder Wertheim noted that the Merger Consideration represents a 47.8%
premium over the trading price of the Company Common Stock one day before the
Original Proposal was announced, and represents a 70.0% premium over the
trading price of the Company Common Stock one month before the Original
Proposal was announced. Schroder Wertheim reviewed the history of trading
prices of the Company Common Stock, and noted that, since January 1, 1990, the
Company Common Stock had not traded above the Merger Consideration.     
   
  Schroder Wertheim reviewed the historical income statements and current
capitalization of the Company and noted that their analysis and presentation
of the Company's financial statements, and calculations of associated ratios
and multiples, reflect an adjustment to exclude the $3.0 million aggregate
expense in 1994     
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
   
related to the write-down of inventory value of the Excel Marketing Group and
Excel Plus Ltd. Schroder Wertheim discussed with the Special Committee each
business of the Company, its historical financial results, the Five Year
Projections for each respective business and important operating
characteristics of each business. Because the Company operates businesses in
distinct business segments--printing and advertising and promotion--Schroder
Wertheim generally performed its valuation analysis on a business-by-business
basis.     
   
  COMPARABLE PUBLICLY TRADED COMPANY ANALYSIS. Schroder Wertheim reviewed a
number of publicly held companies that operate businesses generally comparable
to the Company's business. With respect to the Company's printing businesses
(the "Printing Businesses"), Schroder Wertheim considered Banta Corporation,
Cadmus Communications Corporation, Consolidated Graphics, Inc., R.R. Donnelley
& Sons Company and Graphic Industries, Inc. With respect to the Company's
advertising and promotion business (the "Advertising and Promotion
Businesses"), Schroder Wertheim considered Grey Advertising Inc., The
Interpublic Group of Companies Inc., Omnicom Group, Inc., Saatchi & Saatchi
Company PLC, True North Communications and WPP Group plc.     
   
  Schroder Wertheim reviewed historical financial information for each of
these companies and identified a range of multiples of public market value to
LTM net revenues, LTM EBIT, LTM EBITDA, LTM net income, and management's
projected fiscal year 1995 net income and management's projected fiscal year
1996 net income, respectively, at which businesses similar to the Company
traded in the public markets. Schroder Wertheim did not review a range of
multiples to projected revenue, EBIT and EBITDA for the comparable companies
because of the lack of reliable market data with regard to those projections.
       
  Based on this review, Schroder Wertheim then applied ranges of multiples
consistent with the multiples reflected by the selected comparable publicly
traded printing companies to the historical LTM and management's projected
1995 financial results of the Printing Businesses. Because of the lack of
reliable market data for projected revenues, EBIT and EBITDA with respect to
the projections of comparable publicly traded companies and the inherent
uncertainty of projected financial data vis a vis LTM data, the multiple
ranges applied to management's projected 1995 revenues, EBIT and EBITDA,
generally are based on discounts to the multiple ranges applied to the LTM
financial data. For LTM net revenues, the range of multiples applied was 0.6x
to 0.8x; for LTM EBIT, 8.0x to 10.0x; for LTM EBITDA, 5.0x to 6.5x; for LTM
net income, 12.5x to 16.0x; for management's projected 1995 revenues, 0.5x to
0.7x; for management's projected 1995 EBIT, 7.0x to 9.0x; for management's
projected 1995 EBITDA, 4.5x to 6.0x; and, for management projected 1995 net
income, 11.0x to 12.5x. Based on these ranges, Schroder Wertheim arrived at an
Enterprise Value (representing the value of the operations of the business,
before consideration of debt, equity or cash used to finance that business)
range of the Printing Businesses of $35.0 million to $50.0 million.     
   
  Schroder Wertheim then applied ranges of multiples consistent with the
multiples reflected by the selected publicly traded advertising companies to
the historical LTM and management's projected 1995 financial results of the
Advertising and Promotion Businesses. Similar to the valuation of the Printing
Businesses, multiple ranges applied to management's projected 1995 revenues,
EBIT, and EBITDA are based on discounts to multiple ranges applied to LTM
financial data. For LTM net revenues, the range of multiples was 0.5x to 0.9x;
for LTM EBIT, 6.0x to 10.0x; for LTM EBITDA, 5.0x to 7.0x; for LTM net income,
12.0x to 16.0x; for management's projected 1995 revenues, 0.4x to 0.8x; for
management's projected 1995 EBIT, 5.0x to 9.0x; for management's projected
1995 EBITDA, 4.5x to 6.5x; and, for management's projected 1995 net income,
10.0x to 14.0x. Based on these ranges, Schroder Wertheim arrived at an
Enterprise Value range of the Advertising and Promotion Businesses of $9.2
million to $14.9 million.     
   
  As the business of the Excel Marketing Group ("Excel") is in the midst of a
change, Schroder Wertheim applied a valuation based on a discounted cash flow
of the Excel segment of the Five Year Projections (see "--Discounted Cash Flow
Analysis"), rather than use a multiple of historical LTM or projected 1995
financial data. Based on a discounted cash flow analysis, Schroder Wertheim
arrived at an Enterprise Value range of Excel of $3.0 million to $5.0 million.
Schroder Wertheim considered corporate overhead as a reduction to Enterprise
Value. Based on EBITDA multiples consistent with those applied with respect to
the Printing Businesses and the     
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
   
Advertising and Promotion Businesses applied to historical LTM and projected
1995 corporate overhead expense, Schroder Wertheim reduced the aggregate
Enterprise Value of the Company's businesses by a range of $9.5 million to
$12.5 million. Schroder Wertheim then added Enterprise Value ranges for the
Printing Businesses, the Advertising and Promotion Businesses and Excel, less
corporate overhead, to arrive at an aggregate Enterprise Value range of the
Company of $37.7 million to $57.4 million.     
   
  Based on the foregoing analysis and taking into account (i) the Company's
cash and temporary investments balance of $9.4 million; (ii) the Company's
aggregate debt balance of $32.5 million ($22.7 million pro forma assuming
conversion of the Company's outstanding convertible debt); (iii) the number of
shares of Company Common Stock currently outstanding; (iv) outstanding Stock
Options exercisable at various exercise prices; (v) the value of the Company
Preferred Stock; and, (vi) an assumed control premium of 35%, based on an
analysis of control premiums paid in 15 recent transactions with a value
between $10 million and $50 million and 10 recent transactions in which the
acquiror owned between 20% and 50% of the target company prior to the
transaction, Schroder Wertheim arrived at a per share equity value range for
the Company Common Stock of between $3.22 and $6.86 per share.     
   
  COMPARABLE ACQUISITION TRANSACTIONS ANALYSIS. Schroder Wertheim prepared a
valuation based on selected merger and acquisition transactions involving
companies comparable to the Company. In valuing the Printing Businesses,
Schroder Wertheim reviewed eleven transactions completed in 1993 and 1994 to
identify ranges of multiples of net revenues, EBIT, EBITDA, and net income at
which businesses similar to the Printing Businesses have been acquired in
recent years. Because of the lack of reliable market data for projected
revenues, EBIT and EBITDA with respect to the projections of companies
involved in comparable acquisition transactions and the inherent uncertainty
of projected financial data vis a vis LTM data, the multiple ranges applied to
management's projected 1995 revenues, EBIT and EBITDA, generally are based on
discounts to the multiple ranges applied to the LTM financial data. The range
of multiples to LTM net revenues was 0.6x to 0.8x; to LTM EBIT, 9.0x to 12.0x;
to LTM EBITDA, 6.0x to 8.0x; to LTM net income, 15.0x to 20.0 x; to
management's projected 1995 revenues, 0.5x to 0.7x; to management's projected
1995 EBIT, 8.0x to 11.0x; to management's projected 1995 EBITDA, 5.0x to 7.0x;
to management's projected 1995 net income, 13.0x to 18.0x. Based on applying
these ranges of multiples, Schroder Wertheim derived an Enterprise Value range
of $40 million to $60 million for the Printing Businesses.     
   
  Schroder Wertheim noted that although there have been a number of recent
acquisitions of advertising companies, the targets are typically privately
held and, therefore, little, if any, confirmable information regarding
historical financial performance is disclosed publicly. As a result, Schroder
Wertheim determined it would not be possible to value the Advertising and
Promotion businesses based on published financial data from comparable
acquisition transactions. Instead, based on its experience in valuing
comparable businesses, Schroder Wertheim believed that .8x to 1.0x net
revenues represented an industry benchmark for valuing advertising companies.
Schroder Wertheim noted that the actual valuation multiple paid for any
particular advertising company is influenced by factors such as the quality of
its clients and its dependence upon several clients, its growth potential and
its operating margins. Applying this range of multiples to the LTM revenues of
the Advertising and Promotion Businesses implied an Enterprise Value range of
$16.0 million to $20.0 million for the Advertising and Promotion Businesses.
       
  Similar to its methodology employed as to the Comparable Publicly Traded
Companies Analysis, Schroder Wertheim applied an Enterprise Value range to
Excel of $3.0 million to $5.0 million, based on a discounted cash flow
analysis. Schroder Wertheim considered corporate overhead as a reduction to
Enterprise Value. Based on EBITDA multiples consistent with those applied with
respect to the Printing Businesses and the Advertising and Promotion
Businesses applied to historical LTM and projected 1995 corporate overhead
expense, Schroder Wertheim reduced the aggregate Enterprise Value of the
Company's businesses by a range of $11.0 million to $15.0 million. Schroder
Wertheim then added the Enterprise Value range for the Printing Businesses,
the Advertising and Promotion Businesses and Excel, less corporate overhead,
to arrive at an aggregate Enterprise Value range for the Company of $48.0
million to $70.0 million.     
 
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
   
  Based on the foregoing analysis and taking into account (i) the Company's
cash and temporary investments balance of $9.4 million; (ii) the Company's
aggregate debt balance of $32.5 million ($22.7 million pro forma assuming
conversion of the Company's outstanding convertible debt); (iii) the number of
shares of Company Common Stock currently outstanding; (iv) outstanding Stock
Options exercisable at various exercise prices; and (v) the value of the
Company Preferred Stock; Schroder Wertheim arrived at a per share equity value
range for Company Common Stock of between $3.97 to $6.47 per share.     
   
  DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS. Using the Five Year Projections and other
financial information supplied by the Company, Schroder Wertheim analyzed the
Company's projected tax-effected operating cash flow for the years 1995 to
1999 and calculated the present value of these amounts, applying discount
rates which it believed to be appropriate for various businesses of the
Company. With respect to the Printing Businesses, Schroder Wertheim applied
discount rates ranging from 10% to 14%; with respect to the Company's
Advertising and Promotion Businesses, Schroder Wertheim applied discount rates
ranging from 12% to 16%; and with respect to Excel, Schroder Wertheim applied
discount rates ranging from 16% to 20%, reflecting the capitalization and the
relative risk and variability of cash flows inherent in each respective
business. It then estimated the "terminal value," i.e., the value of cash flow
in years after 1999, by applying multiples Schroder Wertheim believed to be
appropriate to management's projected EBITDA for 1999 and discounting this
value to the present. Schroder Wertheim determined, based on its experience in
the valuation of companies in the industries in which the Company competes and
comparison with comparable companies, that for the Printing Businesses,
multiples of 5.0x to 7.0x were appropriate; for the Advertising and Promotion
Businesses, multiples of 5.0x to 7.0x were appropriate; and for Excel,
multiples of 4.0x to 6.0x were appropriate. These ranges of multiples are
consistent with the ranges of multiples derived from each of the Comparable
Publicly Traded Company Analysis and the Comparable Acquisitions Transactions
Analysis.     
   
  Schroder Wertheim considered corporate overhead as a reduction to Enterprise
Value. Based on the present value of management's projected corporate overhead
expenses, Schroder Wertheim reduced the aggregate Enterprise Value of the
Company's businesses by a range of $10.5 million to $12.5 million. The present
value of management's projected tax-effected operating cash flows for the
years 1995 through 1999 were then added to the present value of the projected
terminal value in 1999 to arrive at a total Enterprise Value range for the
Company of between $43.4 million and $56.3 million. Based on the foregoing
analysis and taking into account (i) the Company's cash and temporary
investments balance of $9.4 million; (ii) the Company's aggregate debt balance
of $32.5 million ($22.7 million pro forma assuming conversion of the Company's
outstanding convertible debt); (iii) the number of shares of Company Common
Stock currently outstanding; (iv) outstanding Stock Options exercisable at
various exercise prices; and (v) the value of the Company Preferred Stock,
Schroder Wertheim arrived at a per share equity value range for the Company
Common Stock of between $3.27 to $4.96.     
   
  BREAK-UP (LIQUIDATION) ANALYSIS. In valuing the Company using a Break-up
Analysis, Schroder Wertheim assumed the separate sales of the individual
operating subsidiaries of the Company, conducted in an orderly fashion, at
values determined by the Discounted Cash Flow Analysis. Using such
assumptions, Schroder Wertheim arrived at a total Enterprise Value range of
the Company of $53.9 million to $68.8 million. Schroder Wertheim then deducted
contractual management bonuses that would have been required to be paid to the
Company's and its subsidiaries management upon the occurrence of such sales,
estimated corporate taxes on the respective net gains in sales of the
individual subsidiaries, and an assumed cost of liquidation of approximately
one year of corporate expenses and $1.0 million of fees and expenses. Based on
the foregoing analysis and taking into account (i) the Company's cash and
temporary investments balance of $9.4 million; (ii) the Company's aggregate
debt balance of $32.5 million ($22.7 million pro forma assuming conversion of
the Company's outstanding convertible debt); (iii) the number of Shares of
Company Common Stock currently outstanding; (iv) outstanding Stock Options
exercisable at various exercise prices; and (v) the value of the Company
Preferred Stock, Schroder Wertheim arrived at a per share equity value range
for the Company Common Stock of between $3.71 to $4.93.     
 
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
   
  With respect to the Company Preferred Stock, Schroder Wertheim reviewed its
terms and noted that in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the business, each share of the Company Preferred Stock would receive a
pro rata share of the net assets of the Company, based on its proportion of
the total number of shares of Company Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock
outstanding, subject to a minimum liquidation preference of $3.00 per share
and a maximum liquidation payment of $7.50 per share. Schroder Wertheim noted
that the Company Preferred Stock was not subject to mandatory redemption in
the event of a change of control or otherwise, nor was it convertible into
Company Common Stock or exchangeable into other securities of the Company.
Although the Company Preferred Stock is registered under the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act, there has developed no liquid trading market for the
Company Preferred Stock. The Company Preferred Stock pays an annual dividend
of $0.30 per share, which would imply an effective yield for the Company
Preferred Stock of 7.1%, assuming a purchase price equal to $4.25 per share.
Schroder Wertheim noted that a review of trading prices and current yields of
selected comparable preferred stock issues revealed average yields
consistently above 7.1%. Based on its review of the Company Preferred Stock,
Schroder Wertheim determined that the Merger Consideration was within the per
share valuation range for the Company Preferred Stock.     
   
  The terms of the engagement of Schroder Wertheim by the Special Committee
are set forth in a letter agreement dated December 7, 1994, among Schroder
Wertheim, the Company and the Special Committee (the "Engagement Letter").
Schroder Wertheim also received from the Company an indemnification letter of
the same date (the "Indemnification Letter"). Pursuant to the terms of the
Engagement Letter, the Company agreed to pay Schroder Wertheim an initial
advisory fee of $50,000, a fee of $75,000 on January 15, 1995 and a fee of
$50,000 due at the earlier of (a) when Schroder Wertheim was prepared to
deliver a written or oral opinion with respect to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, of such transaction or (b) when the Merger is
consummated. Schroder Wertheim received an additional fee of $25,000 for
expanding its opinion to include the Company Preferred Stock. Each of these
fees has become payable to Schroder Wertheim and all fees have been paid. The
Company also agreed to reimburse Schroder Wertheim upon request from time to
time for its necessary and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (estimated at
$20,000), including the reasonable fees and expenses of its legal counsel,
incurred in connection with the services performed under the Engagement
Letter, provided the Special Committee has approved the retention of such
counsel. Pursuant to the Indemnification Letter, the Company agreed to
indemnify Schroder Wertheim against certain liabilities relating to or arising
out of its engagement, including liabilities under Federal securities laws.
    
PROJECTED OPERATING AND FINANCIAL RESULTS OF THE COMPANY
   
  The Company does not as a matter of course make public forecasts or
projections as to future revenues or results of operations. However, during
discussions regarding the Merger the Company provided Schroder Wertheim and
the Special Committee with Five Year Projections not available to the public.
    
  The Five Year Projections were not prepared with a view toward public
disclosure or compliance with either the published guidelines of the
Commission regarding projections or forecasts or the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants' Guide for Prospective Financial Statements. The
Five Year Projections were not prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and were not audited or reviewed by independent
accountants. Independent accountants performed no services, and do not assume
any responsibility, with respect thereto.
   
  The Five Year Projections, while presented with apparent numerical
specificity, were based upon numerous estimates and other assumptions (some of
which are referred to in the following paragraphs) which are inherently
subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties,
contingencies and risks, all of which are difficult to quantify and many of
which are beyond the control of the Company. However, the Major Shareholder
and the Company's management confirmed to the Special Committee and Schroder
Wertheim that the Five Year Projections were based on assumptions believed to
be reasonable by the Company's management. Nevertheless, there can be no
assurances that the Five Year Projections will be realized, and it is likely
that future results will     
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
vary from those set forth below, possibly by material amounts. The Five Year
Projections included the information set forth below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEAR ENDING                                              INCOME
   DECEMBER 31                                  REVENUES BEFORE TAXES NET INCOME
   -----------                                  -------- ------------ ----------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                          <C>      <C>          <C>
    1995....................................... $133,847    $2,172      $1,303
    1996.......................................  143,322     3,365       2,019
    1997.......................................  148,506     3,919       2,351
    1998.......................................  153,890     4,470       2,682
    1999.......................................  159,482     5,060       3,036
</TABLE>
 
  The Five Year Projections were prepared by the Company's management during
the fourth quarter of 1994, solely for planning and analysis purposes. The
Five Year Projections were based on management's judgment at the time
utilizing a number of internal sources, including historical financial
information, annual plans and other business plans. The most significant
assumptions made in preparing the Five Year Projections were as follows:
 
    1. Revenues will increase annually, with increases ranging from 3.62% to
  7.07%. The greatest percentage increase is expected to occur in 1996 when a
  full year's benefit of expanded printing capacity is expected to be
  realized.
 
    2. Cost of revenues will increase each year with increases ranging from
  3.33% to 7.30%.
 
    3. Selling and administrative expenses will increase each year with
  increases ranging from 3.95% to 4.63%.
 
    4. Operating margins will range from a high of 3.67% to a low of 2.90%.
  Margins will be affected by the contribution of each industry segment.
  Printing margins are expected to be low in 1995 because of costs associated
  with the start up of new equipment.
 
  In addition to these specific assumptions, management assumed that the
competitive positions of its operating subsidiaries will not change and that
raw material costs will not change substantially.
   
  The Company does not intend to update or otherwise publicly revise the Five
Year Projections presented herein to reflect circumstances existing or
developments occurring after the preparation of such information or to reflect
the occurrence of unanticipated events. The Five Year Projections are included
in the Proxy Statement solely because such information was available to the
Major Shareholder and provided to Schroder Wertheim and the Special Committee.
Inclusion of the Five Year Projections should not be regarded as a
representation by any person that the results will be achieved.     
 
REPORTS AND APPRAISALS
 
  None.
 
STRUCTURE AND PURPOSE OF THE MERGER
   
  The structure of the acquisition as a merger was determined by Newco. The
Merger has been structured as a merger of Newco and the Company in order to
effectuate the acquisition of all the outstanding shares of the Company Stock
other than shares owned directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder
(except for Covered Shares), thereby transferring the entire beneficial equity
interest in the Company to the Major Shareholder. The Merger has also been
structured as a merger of Newco into the Company, with the Company as the
Surviving Corporation, in order to preserve the Company's corporate entity and
existing contractual arrangements with third parties.     
 
  The Major Shareholder has been concerned that the performance of the Company
Common Stock in the market has been negatively impacted by the Company's small
size and resulting relative lack of attention provided to the stock by
professional investment advisors and money managers, the diversity and nature
of its
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
various business units, and the Company's traditional focus on a strong
balance sheet as opposed to consistent quarterly earnings. The Major
Shareholder believes that by being private the Company would be aided by the
flexibility inherent in a closely held corporation to implement a long-term
business strategy, without concentrating on short-term performance. There have
been no disagreements between the Major Shareholder and the Board relative to
the Company's direction. The purpose of the Merger is to provide the Public
Shareholders the opportunity to receive a fair consideration for their shares
in excess of the market price of the stock preceding the announcement of the
Merger, while at the same time providing the Major Shareholder what he views
both as an attractive investment opportunity and an opportunity to manage the
Company with the flexibility inherent in a closely-held enterprise. See "--
Background of the Merger." The Major Shareholder chooses to propose the Merger
at this time because he became convinced that the efforts of the Company to
achieve greater market acceptance of the Company Common Stock had not
achieved, and was unlikely to achieve in the foreseeable future, the desired
level of success. Further, it was not until this time that the Major
Shareholder was willing to accept the added risk inherent in the more highly
leveraged nature of the Company after consummation of the Merger and the
payment of the Merger Consideration to the Public Shareholders.
   
  Each of Newco and the Major Shareholder believes that the Merger is fair to
the Public Shareholders. In arriving at this conclusion, they considered (i)
the historical and current market prices of the Company Common Stock; (ii) the
fact that the $4.25 price to be paid to Public Shareholders and other terms
and conditions of the Merger resulted from active arm's-length negotiations
between Newco and the independent Special Committee; (iii) the fact that the
Special Committee approved the Merger after consulting with independent
advisors; and (iv) the fact that the Special Committee at the time it approved
the Merger had received the opinion of Schroder Wertheim to the effect that as
of the date of such opinion the $4.25 cash per share consideration to be
received by the Public Common Shareholders is fair from a financial point of
view. Newco and the Major Shareholder did not attach relative weights to the
factors considered in reaching their conclusions. See "--Proceedings and
Recommendation of the Special Committee and the Board, Fairness of the
Transaction."     
 
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF THE MERGER
 
  If the proposed Merger is consummated, the present holders of the Company
Stock (other than the Major Shareholder and its affiliates) will no longer
have an equity interest in the Company and, therefore, will not share in its
future earnings and growth. Instead, each holder of Company Stock will have
the right to receive $4.25 in cash, without interest, for each such share held
(other than shares held directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder,
except for Covered Shares).
 
  The Company would, as a result of the Merger, become a privately held
company. Company Common Stock would be delisted from the New York Stock
Exchange, the registration of Company Common Stock under the Exchange Act
would terminate and the Company would cease filing reports with the
Commission. Moreover, the Company would be relieved of the obligation to
comply with the proxy rules of Regulation 14A under Section 14 of the Exchange
Act and its officers, directors and 10% shareholders would be relieved of the
reporting requirements and restrictions on insider trading under Section 16 of
the Exchange Act. Accordingly, less information would be required to be made
publicly available than presently is the case.
 
  If the Merger is consummated, the Major Shareholder's strategy for the
forseeable future is to continue to focus in the printing, advertising and
tableware businesses. The Major Shareholder intends to closely monitor each
business segment and to timely supply their capital requirements in order to
achieve the continued growth of each business segment through prudent
oversight and careful analysis of business conditions.
 
  If the Merger is not consummated, the Company intends to continue to operate
the business in accordance with its past and present practice.
 
  The Company's net book value at December 31, 1994 was $34,773,000 and its
net loss for 1994 was $51,000. Through his approximate 48% ownership of the
outstanding Company Common Stock, the Major Shareholder's interest in such net
book value and net loss was, as of December 31, 1994, approximately
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
$16,671,840 and $24,000, respectively. Immediately after the Merger, all of
the then outstanding Company Common Stock of the Surviving Corporation would
be owned by the Major Shareholder. See "--Interests of Certain Persons in the
Merger, Conflicts of Interest," "Certain Information Regarding Newco and the
Major Shareholder," and "Financial Statements--Pro Forma Financial Data."
 
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER; CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
  In considering the recommendation of the Board with respect to the Merger,
shareholders should be aware that certain members of the Company's management
and members of the Board have certain interests which are described below and
which present them with conflicts of interest in connection with the Merger
Agreement. The Special Committee was aware of those conflicts and considered
them among the other matters described under "--Background; --Proceedings and
Recommendation of the Special Committee and the Board, Fairness of the
Transaction; --Structure and Purpose of the Merger." The executive officers,
directors and affiliates of the Company have stated that they will vote the
Company Common Stock held by them in favor of the Merger.
 
  Ownership of the Company after the Merger. After the Merger, the Major
Shareholder will beneficially own all of the Company's outstanding capital
stock.
 
  Directors of the Company after the Merger. The Merger Agreement provides
that after the Merger, the current directors of the Company (Mr. Robert
Garrett, Mr. John C. Mickle, Mr. Bernard S. White, Mr. George Kane, Mr. James
C. Marlas, Mr. Mel Gordon, Mr. C. Gordon Murphy and Mr. Frank Stillo) will
remain in such capacities with the Surviving Corporation until successors are
duly elected or appointed in accordance with applicable law.
 
  Employment of Company's Employees. Newco has indicated that, subsequent to
the Merger, the current officers and employees of the Company will remain in
such capacities with the Surviving Corporation. However, no new employment
agreements are currently contemplated.
 
  Cash Payments to be Received in Merger. Various members of management will
receive cash payments in the Merger for cancellation of Stock Options. Such
payments will be equal to the difference between the Merger Consideration and
the per share exercise price of each Stock Option. The table below summarizes
the total amount each director and executive officer of the Company will
receive upon cancellation of the Stock Options.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        NAME                                                             AMOUNT
        ----                                                             -------
      <S>                                                                <C>
      Robert Garrett.................................................... $ 9,375
      John C. Mickle....................................................   9,375
      Bernard S. White..................................................   9,375
      George Kane.......................................................  35,937
      James C. Marlas...................................................       0
      Mel Gordon........................................................   9,375
      C. Gordon Murphy..................................................   9,375
      Frank Stillo......................................................  20,000
      Gregory J. Garville...............................................  28,125
      Fred T. Pugliese..................................................   8,062
</TABLE>
 
  Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Merger Agreement provides
that the Company as the Surviving Corporation (i) for three years after the
Effective Time shall not change the provisions of its certificate of
incorporation relating to indemnification of present or former directors or
officers of the Company in a manner which adversely affects their rights to
indemnification, and (ii) for three years after the Effective Time to maintain
specified officers' and directors' liability insurance indemnifying them or if
the specified insurance is unavailable for the current premium, the Surviving
Corporation shall obtain as much insurance as can be obtained for 125% of the
current premium. In addition, pursuant to an agreement entered into with the
Company, the
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
members of the Special Committee are indemnified with respect to their
activities as members of the Special Committee.
 
  Under the Company's existing Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and
certain indemnification arrangements and under currently effective officers'
and directors' liability insurance, the Company's officers and directors may
have certain rights to indemnification with respect to litigation relating to
the Merger. See "--Proceedings and Recommendation of the Special Committee and
the Board, Fairness of the Transaction," and "The Merger--Certain Covenants of
the Company and Newco."
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER
 
  The following is a brief description of the material federal income tax
consequences of the Merger. This summary is for general information only. It
does not address tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of
investors subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws (such
as dealers in securities, banks, insurance companies and foreign individuals
and entities), or any state, local or foreign income tax laws. SHAREHOLDERS
SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN
OR OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT TO THEM.
 
  The exchange of shares of Company Stock for $4.25 per share in the Merger
will be a taxable transaction to Public Shareholders. A Public Shareholder
will recognize gain or loss under federal income tax laws in an amount by
which the proceeds received in exchange for such shares exceed or are less
than the holder's tax basis in the shares. If the shares were a capital asset
in the hands of the Public Shareholder, such gain or loss will be capital
rather than ordinary and, in such instances, will be long term if the shares
are considered to have been held more than one year and short term if they are
considered to have been held one year or less on the date of the Merger.
Currently, the maximum federal income tax rate on net long-term capital gains
is 28% as opposed to rates of up to 39.6% for ordinary income. Capital losses
may be used to offset capital gains. For individuals, any capital losses in
excess of capital gains may be used to offset income from other sources of up
to $3,000 per year. Any remaining capital losses carry forward to future
years, subject to the same annual limits. For corporations, capital losses may
only be used to offset capital gains. Any unused capital losses may generally
be carried back for three years and carried forward five years.
 
  Cash received by holders of Stock Options for the cancellation of such Stock
Options will be taxable to them as ordinary income, the Company may be
entitled to a corresponding deduction and the Company may be required to
withhold tax on such payments. If holders of Stock Options have acquired
shares of Company Common Stock upon the exercise of Stock Options or otherwise
as compensation, such stockholders should consult with their tax advisors to
determine the particular tax consequences to them of the Merger.
 
  The waiver by each of the Major Shareholder and Union Capital, in connection
with, and only in connection with, the consummation of the Merger, of his or
its, as the case may be, right to receive any consideration for the Company
Common Stock (other than with respect to the Converted Shares) will not result
in the recognition by him or it of taxable gain.
 
  The consummation of the Merger will not result in the recognition by the
Company of taxable gain.
 
  Under the backup withholding rules, unless an exemption applies under the
applicable law and regulations, the Exchange Agent will be required to
withhold, and will withhold, 31% of all cash payments made in exchange for
shares of Company Stock unless the stockholder or other payee provides his tax
identification number (social security number, in the case of an individual,
or employer identification number, in the case of a corporation) and certifies
that such number is correct. Each shareholder of the Company and, if
applicable, each other payee should complete and sign the substitute Form W-9
to be included in the transmittal materials and instructions relating to stock
certificates to be mailed to shareholders as soon as practicable after the
Effective Time, so as to provide the information and certification necessary
to avoid backup withholding, unless an applicable exemption exists and is
proved in a manner satisfactory to the Company and the Exchange Agent.
 
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
APPRAISAL RIGHTS
 
  The following is a summary of the provisions of Section 262 of the DGCL
relating to appraisal rights. Section 262 of the DGCL is reproduced in its
entirety as Annex C to this Proxy Statement, and this summary is qualified in
its entirety by reference to Annex C. Stockholders should read carefully Annex
C and, if they wish to exercise their rights to an appraisal, follow carefully
the procedures set forth therein. Any stockholder considering demanding an
appraisal is advised to consult legal counsel.
 
  Under Section 262 of the DGCL, holders of record of shares of Company Stock
(the "Shares") who do not wish to accept the Merger Consideration and who have
neither voted in favor of the merger nor consented thereto in writing have the
right to seek an appraisal of the fair value of their Shares in the Delaware
Court of Chancery (the "Delaware Court"). Each stockholder is urged to read
carefully the materials contained in this Proxy Statement and the other
materials incorporated herein in making a determination whether to accept the
Merger Consideration or to seek an appraisal pursuant to the DGCL.
Stockholders desiring to exercise their appraisal rights under the DGCL are
referred to herein as "Appraisal Stockholders."
   
  Under Section 262 of the DGCL, a vote against the Merger does not constitute
a demand for appraisal rights. Each Appraisal Stockholder wishing to assert a
right to such appraisal must, on or before September 12, 1995, make a written
demand for the appraisal of his or her Shares to the Company at the address
set forth below. Failure to make such demand on or before September 12, 1995
will foreclose an Appraisal Stockholder's right to an appraisal. The demand
must reasonably inform the Company of the identity of the Appraisal
Stockholder making the demand as well as the intention of such Appraisal
Stockholder to demand an appraisal of the fair value of the Shares held by
such stockholder.     
   
  For purposes of making an appraisal demand, the address of the Company is:
Mickelberry Communications Incorporated, 405 Park Avenue, New York, New York
10022, Attention: Fred T. Pugliese.     
 
  Only a holder of record of Shares, or a person duly authorized and
explicitly purporting to act on the record holder's behalf, is entitled to
assert an appraisal right with respect to the Shares registered in the record
holder's name. Beneficial owners who are not record holders and who wish to
exercise appraisal rights are advised to consult promptly with the appropriate
record holders as to the timely exercise of appraisal rights. A record holder,
such as a broker, who holds Shares as a nominee for others may exercise
appraisal rights with respect to the Shares held for one or more beneficial
owners, while not exercising such rights for other beneficial owners. In such
a case, the written demand should set forth the number of shares as to which
the demand is made. Where no Shares are expressly mentioned, the demand will
be presumed to cover all Shares held in the name of such record holder.
 
  A holder of Shares held in "street name" who desires an appraisal must take
such actions as may be necessary to ensure that a timely and proper demand for
an appraisal is made by the record holder of such Shares. Shares held through
brokerage firms, banks and other financial institutions are frequently
deposited with and held of record in the name of a nominee of a central
security depository, such as Cede & Co. Any holder of Shares desiring an
appraisal who held his or her Shares through a brokerage firm, bank or other
financial institution is responsible for ensuring that the demand for an
appraisal is made by the record holder. The Appraisal Stockholder should
instruct such firm, bank or institution that the demand for an appraisal must
be made by the record holder of the Shares, which might be the nominee of a
central security depository if the Shares have been so deposited. As required
by Section 262 of the DGCL, a demand for an appraisal must reasonably inform
the Company of the identity of the record holder (which might be a nominee as
described above) and of such holder's intention to seek an appraisal of such
Shares.
 
  A demand for an appraisal of Shares owned of record by two or more joint
holders must identify and be signed by or for all of the holders. A demand for
an appraisal signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity must so identify the persons signing the demand.
 
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
  An appraisal demand may be withdrawn by an Appraisal Stockholder within 60
days after the Effective Time, but thereafter the written approval of the
Company is needed for any such withdrawal. Upon withdrawal of an appraisal
demand, a holder of Shares will be entitled to receive the Merger
Consideration. No interest will be paid on this amount.
 
  Within 120 days after the Effective Time (the "120-Day Period"), any
Appraisal Stockholder who has properly demanded an appraisal and who has not
withdrawn his or her demand as provided above (such Appraisal Stockholders
being hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Dissenting Stockholders")
and the Company each has the right to file in the Delaware Court a petition
(the "Petition") demanding a determination of the fair value of the dissenting
Shares (the "Dissenting Shares") held by all of the Dissenting Stockholders.
If, within the 120-Day Period, no Petition shall have been filed as provided
above, all rights to an appraisal will cease and all of the Dissenting
Stockholders will become entitled to receive the Merger Consideration, without
interest thereon after the Effective Time, with respect to such Dissenting
Shares. The Company is not obligated and does not intend to file such a
Petition. Any Dissenting Stockholder is entitled, pursuant to a written
request to the Company made within the 120-Day Period, to receive from the
Company a statement setting forth the aggregate number of Shares with respect
to which demands for appraisal have been received and the aggregate number of
Dissenting Stockholders.
 
  Upon the filing of the Petition, service of a copy thereof is required to be
made upon the Surviving Corporation, which, within 20 days after such service
must be filed in the office of the Register in Chancery in which the Petition
was filed a duly verified list containing the names and addresses of all
Appraisal Stockholders. The Delaware Court may order that notice of the time
and place fixed for the hearing on the Petition be sent by registered or
certified mail to the Surviving Corporation and all of the Dissenting
Stockholders, and be published at least one week before the day of the hearing
in a newspaper of general circulation published in the City of Wilmington,
Delaware or in another publication determined by the Delaware Court. The
Delaware Court will approve the form of notice by mail and by publication. The
costs relating to these notices will be borne by the Company. If a hearing on
the Petition is held, the Delaware Court is empowered to determine which
Appraisal Stockholders have complied with the provisions of Section 262 of the
DGCL and are entitled to an appraisal of their Shares. The Delaware Court may
require that Dissenting Stockholders submit their stock certificates which had
represented Shares for notation thereon of the pendency of the appraisal
proceedings. The Delaware Court is empowered to dismiss the proceedings as to
any Dissenting Stockholder who does not comply with such requirement.
Accordingly, Dissenting Stockholders are cautioned to retain their stock
certificates pending resolution of the appraisal proceedings.
 
  Dissenting Shares will be appraised by the Delaware Court at their fair
value as of the Effective Time, exclusive of any element of value arising from
the accomplishment or expectation of the Merger. The value so determined for
the Shares could be equal to, more than or less than the Merger Consideration,
and could be based upon considerations other than, or in addition to, the
Merger Consideration, the market value of the Shares, asset values and earning
capacity. The Company reserves the right to assert in any appraisal proceeding
that the fair value of the Shares as of the Effective Time is less than the
Merger Consideration.
 
  In Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., et al. (decided February 1, 1983), the Delaware
Supreme Court stated, among other things, that "proof of value by any
techniques or methods which are generally considered acceptable in the
financial community and otherwise admissible in court" should be considered in
an appraisal proceeding, and that "fair price obviously requires consideration
of all relevant factors involving the value of a company........'' The Delaware
Supreme Court stated that in making this determination of fair value the court
must consider market value, asset value, dividends, earnings prospects, the
nature of the enterprise and any other factors which could be ascertained as
of the date of the merger that throw any light on future prospects of the
merged corporation. The Delaware Supreme Court also held that ""elements of
future value, including the nature of the enterprise, which are known or
susceptible of proof as of the date of the merger and not the product of
speculation, may be considered.'' In addition, the Delaware Supreme Court
stated in Weinberger that while ordinarily a stockholder's only monetary
remedy would be an appraisal, such remedy may not be adequate ""in certain
cases, particularly where fraud, misrepresentation, self-dealing, deliberate
waste of corporate assets, or
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
gross and palpable overreaching are involved," and that in such cases the
Delaware Court would be free to fashion any form of appropriate relief.
 
  The Delaware Court may also, on application, (i) determine a fair rate of
interest, simple or compound, if any, to be paid to Dissenting Stockholders in
addition to the value of the Dissenting Shares for the period from the
Effective Time to the date of payment, (ii) assess costs among the parties as
the Delaware Court deems equitable and (iii) order all or a portion of the
expenses incurred by any Dissenting Stockholder in connection with the
appraisal proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's
fees and fees and expenses of experts, to be charged pro rata against the
value of all Dissenting Shares. Determinations by the Delaware Court are
subject to appellate review by the Delaware Supreme Court.
 
  Dissenting Stockholders are generally permitted to participate in the
appraisal proceedings. No appraisal proceeding in the Delaware Court shall be
dismissed as to any Dissenting Stockholder without the approval of the
Delaware Court, and this approval may be conditioned upon terms which the
Delaware Court deems just.
 
  From and after the Effective Time, Dissenting Stockholders will not be
entitled to vote their Shares for any purpose and will not be entitled to
receive payment of dividends or other distributions in respect of such Shares
payable to stockholders of record thereafter.
 
FINANCING OF THE MERGER
 
  Approximately $22,876,000 will be required in order to pay (i) the holders
of all of the outstanding shares of Company Stock, other than shares of
Company Common Stock held directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder
(except for Covered Shares), for their shares, (ii) the value of the Stock
Options, (iii) for repayment and/or cancellation of the Convertible
Debentures, other than those held directly or indirectly by the Major
Shareholder, and (iv) the expenses in connection with the Merger. The Major
Shareholder has engaged Argosy as its financial advisor to arrange for the
financing of the Merger. A condition to consummation of the Merger is that
Newco obtain third party financing on terms satisfactory to the Company and
Newco for the funds required to be paid pursuant to the Merger.
   
  The Company has obtained a Financing Proposal from the Banks to provide
financing for the Merger and for working capital and capital expenditures of
the Company and its subsidiaries, subject to customary conditions and
acceptable documentation. The financing described in the Financing Proposal is
currently in documentation and due diligence review. Under the Financing
Proposal, the Banks would provide certain wholly owned subsidiaries of the
Company with a credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of
$50,000,000.     
       
EXPENSES OF THE MERGER
 
  Whether or not the Merger is consummated, the Company has agreed to (i)
assume all of the obligations of the Major Shareholder and any entity formed
by him for purposes of completing the Merger, including Newco under that
certain Letter Agreement, including without limitation, indemnities,
contribution, compensation and expense reimbursements all in accordance with
Section 15 of such Letter Agreement, and (ii) pay all reasonable attorneys'
fees, expenses and disbursements incurred in connection with the transactions
contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Company shall not assume any obligation or pay any fees and expenses if the
Merger Agreement is terminated because of a material breach by Newco, Union
Capital or the Major Shareholder of any of their respective representations,
warranties or covenants under the Merger Agreement. The total estimated
expenses resulting from the Merger are $1,645,000. This figure is comprised of
the following:
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                             <C>
      Accounting..................................................... $    7,000
      Legal..........................................................    510,000
      Financing Fees.................................................    281,800
      Prepayment.....................................................          0
      Investment Banking.............................................    707,000
      Printing Costs.................................................     33,000
      Filing Fees....................................................      3,200
      Special Committee Fees.........................................     99,000
      Solicitation Expenses..........................................      4,000
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      $1,645,000
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
CERTAIN LITIGATION
 
  On November 8, 1994, a class action complaint was filed in the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County. The complaint
was filed by Frank De Marco on his own behalf and on behalf of all security
holders of the Company except the defendants. Complaint was filed against the
Company, and the Major Shareholder, George Kane, Robert Sperling, Mel Gordon
and Frank Stillo, officers and/or directors of the Company. The lawsuit seeks
to enjoin the consummation of the original offer made by the Major Shareholder
to acquire, through a merger transaction, all the shares of the Company's
Common Stock not owned directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder for a
cash purchase price of $3.25 per share. The suit also seeks, in the
alternative, rescission and damages as well as reimbursement of costs and
disbursements in unspecified amounts.
   
  On June 21, 1995, the parties executed a Stipulation And Agreement of
Compromise Settlement And Release providing for the settlement of the lawsuit.
Consummation of the settlement is subject to certain conditions, including
approval by the Court. Under the settlement, Mr. DeMarco will receive the same
consideration (i.e. the Merger Consideration) for his shares as that being
offered to the Public Common Shareholders pursuant to the Merger.     
 
                                  THE MERGER
 
GENERAL
 
  The Merger Agreement provides that, subject to the adoption of the Merger
Agreement by the shareholders of the Company and compliance with certain other
covenants and conditions, Newco will be merged with and into the Company and
the Company will be the Surviving Corporation, with the Major Shareholder
constituting its sole shareholder. All material terms of the Merger Agreement
have been disclosed in the body of this Proxy Statement. All references to the
terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement in this Proxy Statement are
qualified in their entirety by reference to the Merger Agreement, a copy of
which is attached hereto as Annex A.
 
  At the Effective Time of the Merger, each outstanding share of Company Stock
(other than shares held directly or indirectly by the Major Shareholder,
except Covered Shares) will be converted into the right to receive $4.25 in
cash, without interest. In connection with, and only in connection with, the
consummation of the Merger, each of the Major Shareholder and Union Capital is
waiving its right to receive any consideration in exchange for the Company
Stock owned by him or it, as the case may be (except the Covered Shares).
 
REQUIRED VOTE
 
  The presence, in person or by properly executed proxy, of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares of Company Stock is necessary to constitute
a quorum at the Special Meeting. Each shareholder is entitled to (a) one vote
for each share of Company Common Stock held by such shareholder and (b) 1/10
of a vote for each share of Company Preferred Stock held by such shareholder.
Under Delaware law and the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended,
and By-laws, the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote at the Special Meeting is required to approve the
Merger Agreement. In addition, the Merger Agreement itself conditions the
obligations of the Company and Newco under the Merger Agreement to an
affirmative vote of at least (1) the holders of a majority of shares of
Company Stock outstanding on the record date of such Special Meeting or (2) 66
2/3% of the votes cast by the holders of shares voting of Company Stock at the
meeting, whichever is greater. The Major Shareholder, who owns directly or
indirectly approximately 48% of the Company Stock, has already agreed to vote
his shares in favor of the Merger. Upon reasonable inquiry the Company was
informed that all directors, executive officers and affiliates of the Company
and any person controlling such executive officer, director or affiliate (i)
presently intend to tender their shares pursuant to the Merger Agreement and
to vote for the Merger and (ii) have not made any recommendation in support of
or opposed to the Merger. For purposes of this vote, abstentions will be
counted as shares voted, while broker non-votes will not be so counted. The
approval of the Merger by at least a majority of unaffiliated security holders
is not required by the Merger Agreement.
 
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
EFFECTIVE TIME
 
  The Merger will become effective by filing a Certificate of Merger,
consistent with the Merger Agreement, with the Secretary of State of Delaware.
The Merger will be consummated only upon satisfaction or waiver, where
permissible, of the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and provided
that the Merger Agreement has not been terminated. If the Merger has not been
consummated by September 30, 1995, either the Company or Newco may terminate
the Merger Agreement so long as the reason that the Merger has not been
consummated is not due to the failure of the party choosing to terminate to
fulfill any of its obligations thereunder. No such waiver or termination will
require the vote or consent of the holders of Company Stock.
 
PAYMENT FOR SHARES
 
  In order to receive the cash to which Company shareholders will be entitled
as a result of the Merger, each holder of certificates representing shares of
Company Stock will be required to surrender such holder's stock certificate or
certificates, together with a duly executed letter of transmittal, to the
Exchange Agent. Upon receipt of such certificate or certificates together with
a duly executed letter of transmittal, the Exchange Agent will issue a check
or draft to the person or persons entitled thereto in an amount equal to $4.25
for each share of Company Stock represented by such stock certificate or
certificates. If any payment for shares of Company Stock is to be made in a
name other than that in which the certificates for such shares surrendered for
payment are registered on the stock transfer books of the Company as of the
Effective Time, certificates so surrendered must be properly endorsed or
otherwise in proper form for transfer and the person requesting such payment
must pay to the Exchange Agent any transfer or other taxes required by reason
of the payment to a person other than the registered owner of the certificate
or certificates surrendered or shall establish to the satisfaction of the
Exchange Agent that such tax has been paid or is not applicable. No interest
will be paid or accrued on amounts payable upon the surrender of any stock
certificate.
 
  Instructions with regard to the surrender of certificates, together with a
letter of transmittal to be used for this purpose, will be mailed to
shareholders as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time. It also is
expected that letters of transmittal will be available at the office of the
Exchange Agent no later than the first business day following the Effective
Time. Shareholders should surrender certificates for shares of Company Stock
only with a letter of transmittal. SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD NOT SEND ANY STOCK
CERTIFICATES WITH THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD.
 
CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER, WAIVER
   
  The respective obligations of Newco and the Company to consummate the Merger
are subject to the satisfaction or waiver, on or before the Effective Time, of
the conditions that (a) the approval of the Merger and the Merger Agreement at
the Special Meeting by the affirmative vote of at least (1) the holders of a
majority of shares of Company Stock outstanding on the record date of such
Special Meeting or (2) 66 2/3% of the votes cast by the holders of shares of
Company Stock voting at the Special Meeting, whichever is greater, (b) the
opinion of Schroder Wertheim not being withdrawn, (c) any waiting period
applicable to the Merger under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements
Act of 1976 (the "Hart-Scott-Rodino Act") shall have terminated or expired,
(d) the absence of any statute, rule or regulation which makes consummation of
the Merger illegal or otherwise prohibited or any order, decree, injunction or
judgment enjoining the consummation of the Merger and (e) the receipt of an
opinion of counsel of the Company, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Company and Newco, as to the validity of the Merger under
Delaware Law.     
 
  The obligations of Newco to consummate the Merger are subject to the
satisfaction or waiver, on or before the Effective Time, of the additional
conditions that (a) the representations and warranties of the Company
contained in the Merger Agreement and in any certificate or other writing
delivered by the Company pursuant hereto shall be true and correct in all
material respects at and as of the Effective Time as if made at and as of such
time; (b) the Company shall have performed and complied in all material
respects with each obligation, agreement and covenant to be performed by and
complied with by it under the Merger Agreement at or prior to the Effective
Time; (c) consummation on terms satisfactory to Newco of third party financing
for (1) the Merger
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
Consideration, (2) the value of the Stock Options and (3) the repayment of the
Convertible Debentures not held by the Major Shareholder or its affiliates;
(d) the holders of not more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Company
Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock shall have exercised their appraisal
rights in the Merger in accordance with Delaware Law; (e) the prepayment and
cancellation of all Convertible Debentures; (f) holders of Stock Options
constituting at least 95% of the shares represented thereby shall have entered
into termination agreements with respect thereto in form and substance
satisfactory to Newco; and (g) no action or proceeding shall have been
commenced or threatened for the purpose of obtaining an injunction, order or
damages before any court or governmental agency or other regulatory or
administrative agency or commission, domestic or foreign, which Newco shall on
advice of counsel, reasonably determine would (1) result in the imposition of
material limitations on the ability of the Company or Newco effectively to
consummate the Merger, (2) have the effect of rendering the Merger violative
of any applicable law, or (3) have a material adverse effect on the business,
assets or financial condition of the Surviving Corporation.
 
  The obligations of the Company to consummate the Merger are subject to the
satisfaction or waiver, on or before the Effective Time, of the additional
conditions that (a) the representations and warranties of Newco contained in
the Merger Agreement and in any certificate or other writing delivered by
Newco pursuant hereto shall be true and correct in all material respects as of
the Effective Time as if made at and as of such time (other than any
inaccuracies in such representations or warranties that are attributable to
the Company); (b) Newco shall have performed in all material respects all of
its obligations to be performed and complied with by it under the Merger
Agreement at or prior to the Effective Time; (c) consummation on terms
satisfactory to the Company of third party financing for (1) the Merger
Consideration, (2) the value of the Stock Options and (3) the repayment of the
Convertible Debentures; and (d) no action or proceeding shall have been
commenced or threatened for the purpose of obtaining an injunction, order or
damages before any court or governmental agency or other regulatory or
administrative agency or commission, domestic or foreign, which the Company
shall on advice of counsel, reasonably determine would (1) result in the
imposition of material limitations on the ability of the Company or Newco
effectively to consummate the Merger, (2) have the effect of rendering the
Merger violative of any applicable law, or (3) have a material adverse effect
on the business, assets or financial condition of the Surviving Corporation.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND NEWCO
 
  Conduct of Business. Subject to certain exceptions (including, without
limitation, the payment of regular quarterly dividends on the Company's Common
Stock and Preferred Stock of $0.015 and $0.075 per share, respectively), prior
to the Effective Time (a) the Company will carry on its business in the
ordinary course consistent with past practice and (b) the Company will not,
and will not permit any of its subsidiaries to, conduct certain activities and
enter into certain transactions.
 
  Treatment of Existing Company Stock Options. The Company will use its best
efforts to cause the holders of all Stock Options under the Company's 1981
Incentive Stock Option Plan, 1992 Stock Option Plan, and 1993 Outside
Directors' Stock Option Plan to agree in writing to cancel such Options as of
and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Time, pursuant to an option
termination agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Newco. Each holder
of a Stock Option who executes and delivers such a termination agreement and
whose Option has an exercise price less than $4.25 per share will have the
right to receive in cash, if the Option is presently exercisable, an amount
equal to the number of shares subject to the Option, times the difference
between $4.25 and the per share exercise price of the Option. Of the
outstanding Stock Options, options representing 421,139 shares have exercise
prices of less than $4.25 and options representing 89,175 shares have exercise
prices equal to or more than $4.25.
 
  Indemnification and Insurance. The Company has agreed as the Surviving
Corporation (i) not to change, for three years after the Effective Time, the
provisions of its certificate of incorporation relating to indemnification of
present or former directors or officers of the Company in a manner which
adversely affects their rights to indemnification, and (ii) to use its best
efforts to maintain in effect for not less than three years from and after the
Effective Time the specified officers' and directors' liability insurance
indemnifying them or
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
if the specified insurance is unavailable at the current premiums, to obtain
as much insurance as can be obtained for a premium not in excess of 125% of
the current premium paid for directors' and officers' liability insurance.
 
  Treatment of Existing Convertible Debentures. The Company will take all
actions deemed necessary by Newco to obtain the consent of the holders (other
than the Major Shareholder) of the Convertible Debentures to the prepayment
and/or cancellation of the Convertible Debentures as of the Effective Time.
 
  Vote. The Company has agreed, in accordance with applicable law, to use its
best efforts to solicit from its shareholders proxies in favor of the approval
of the Merger and the Merger Agreement.
 
  Payment of Expenses. Whether or not the Merger is consummated, the Company
has agreed to (i) assume all of the obligations of the Client under the Letter
Agreement including, without limitation, indemnities, contribution,
compensation, expense reimbursements all in accordance with Section 15 of such
Letter Agreement and (ii) pay all reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses and
disbursements incurred by the Client in connection with the transactions
contemplated by the Merger Agreement. The Company shall not assume any
obligation or pay any fees and expenses if the Merger Agreement is terminated
because of a material breach of the Merger Agreement by Newco, Union Capital
or the Major Shareholder.
 
TERMINATION, AMENDMENTS
 
  The Merger Agreement may be terminated before the Effective Time (a) by the
mutual consent of the Boards of Directors of Newco and the Company, or (b) by
either the Board of Directors of Newco or the Company if the Merger shall not
have been consummated on or before September 30, 1995; provided, however, that
neither party may terminate the Merger Agreement pursuant to clause (b) above,
if the failure of such party to fulfill any of its obligations under the
Merger Agreement shall have been the reason the Merger shall not have been
consummated on or before said date.
 
  Subject to applicable law, the Merger Agreement may be amended, modified and
supplemented by the mutual consent of the Company and Newco (as authorized by
each Board of Directors) at any time prior to the Effective Time; provided,
however, that any decrease of the amount or change in the type of
consideration payable in the Merger in respect of shares of Company Stock, any
amendment affecting conditions to which the obligations of Newco or the
Company are subject, or any amendment affecting the conditions under which the
Merger Agreement may be terminated, shall also be approved by the Special
Committee.
 
                     CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING NEWCO,
                    UNION CAPITAL AND THE MAJOR SHAREHOLDER
 
  Newco is a newly formed Delaware corporation organized on March 17, 1995, in
connection with the Merger. Newco's principal offices are located at 405 Park
Avenue New York, New York 10022. The Major Shareholder is the sole
shareholder, director, and executive officer of Newco.
 
  Prior to the Merger, Newco will not have any significant assets or
liabilities (other than its rights and obligations in connection with the
Merger Agreement) and will not engage in any activities other than those
incident to its formation and the transactions contemplated by the Merger
Agreement. At the date of this Proxy Statement, the authorized capital stock
of Newco consists of 4,000,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per
share, of which 3,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding and all of which
are owned by the Major Shareholder.
 
  The Major Shareholder, as the sole shareholder of Newco, and the Board of
Directors of Newco, of which the Major Shareholder is the sole director, have
approved and adopted the Merger Agreement. The business address of the Major
Shareholder is 405 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
  Union Capital was formed in Nevada on June 28, 1976. The Major Shareholder
owns all of the capital stock of Union Capital. Union Capital has no
significant assets or liabilities, other than the Company Common Stock. The
address of the principal business office of Union Capital is 40 Highland
Drive, West Caldwell, New Jersey 07006.
 
  The Major Shareholder is the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company. The Major Shareholder has been the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company for more than the preceding five years.
 
                     DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK
   
  Common Stock. Of the 20,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock, $1.00 par
value, which the Company is authorized to issue, [5,877,948] shares of Company
Common Stock were, as of August 7, 1995, outstanding and held by approximately
[1,250] shareholders of record.     
   
  Holders of the Company Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on
all matters to be voted upon by the shareholders. Common shareholders are
entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the
Board out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of Company Common Stock
are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of
liabilities, have no preemptive or conversion rights and are not subject to
further call or assessment by the Company. There are no redemption or sinking
fund provisions applicable to the Company Common Stock. The Company Common
Stock currently outstanding is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
       
  Preferred Stock. Of the 5,000,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock, $1.00
par value, which the Company is authorized to issue, [242,334] shares of
Company Preferred Stock were, as of August 7, 1995, outstanding and held by
approximately [125] shareholders of record.     
   
  Holders of the Company Preferred Stock are entitled to a 1/10 vote per share
on all matters to be voted upon by the shareholders.     
 
RECENT MARKET PRICES; DIVIDEND HISTORY
 
  Recent Market Prices. The Company Common Stock is traded principally on the
NYSE. The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, the
high and low sales prices per share of Company Common Stock on the NYSE:
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
                                                                     HIGH   LOW
                                                                     ----- -----
   <S>                                                               <C>   <C>
   1993:
     First Quarter.................................................. 3 3/4 3
     Second Quarter................................................. 3 1/2 2
     Third Quarter.................................................. 3 1/4 2 1/4
     Fourth Quarter................................................. 2 7/8 2 3/8
   1994:
     First Quarter.................................................. 3 3/8 2 3/8
     Second Quarter................................................. 3     2 3/8
     Third Quarter.................................................. 2 5/8 2 1/4
     Fourth Quarter................................................. 3 1/2 2 3/8
   1995:
     First Quarter.................................................. 4     3 3/4
     Second Quarter................................................. 3 7/8 3 1/2
     Third Quarter (to date) ....................................... 3 3/4 3 1/2
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
  On October 31, 1994, the last trading day prior to the public announcement
of the Major Shareholder's proposal to purchase Company Common Stock held by
Public Common Shareholders for $3.25 per share, the closing sales price for
the Company Common Stock was $2.875. On March 20, 1995, the last trading day
prior to the public announcement of (i) the approval by the Board of the
Merger Agreement and (ii) the increase by the Major Shareholder of the offered
price to $4.25 per share, the closing sales price for the Company Common Stock
was $3.00. On March 28, 1995, the last trading day prior to the public
announcement of the signing of the Merger Agreement, the closing sales price
for the Company Common Stock was $3.875. Shareholders are advised to obtain
current market quotations for the Company Common Stock.
 
  The Company Preferred Stock trades, on a limited and sporadic basis, in the
over-the-counter market. The Company contacted the NASD regarding trading in
the Company Preferred Stock. The Company was unable to obtain any information
concerning trading in the Company Preferred Stock for fiscal year 1993 but was
provided with the following information, for the fiscal periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
                                                                HIGH BID LOW BID
                                                                -------- -------
   <S>                                                          <C>      <C>
   1994:
     First Quarter.............................................   --        --
     Second Quarter............................................     3       --
     Third Quarter.............................................     3     2 3/4
     Fourth Quarter............................................     3     2 3/4
   1995:
     First Quarter.............................................     3     2 3/4
     Second Quarter............................................     3      3
     Third Quarter (to date)...................................     3      3
</TABLE>    
 
  On March 27, 1995, the last trading day prior to the public announcement of
the signing of the Merger Agreement for which a bid price was reported, the
Company Preferred Stock was quoted at a bid of $3.00.
   
  Dividends During Past Two Years: The Company pays dividends on a quarterly
basis and currently there are no restrictions on the payment of such
dividends. The Company declared and paid dividends on each share of Company
Stock as follows for the years ended 1994 and 1993 and for the first two
quarters of 1995:     
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>
                                                              FIRST TWO QUARTERS
                                                    1994 1993      OF 1995
                                                    ---- ---- ------------------
   <S>                                              <C>  <C>  <C>
   Common Stock.................................... $.06 $.06       $.0015
   Preferred Stock................................. $.30 $.30       $ .075
</TABLE>    
 
  If the Merger is not consummated for any reason, the payment of any future
dividends will be determined by the Board in view of the results of the
Company's operations, its financial condition and other factors. If the Merger
is consummated, present holders of the Company Common Stock (other than the
Major Shareholder and its affiliates) will have no continuing interest in the
business of the Company.
 
                            BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
 
OVERVIEW
 
  Mickelberry Corporation is a holding company, incorporated in Delaware in
1926, with marketing services businesses consisting of advertising agencies,
sales promotion businesses, and commercial printers. Each subsidiary operates
autonomously, drawing on the parent company for strategic and financial
support. Strong emphasis is placed on individual initiative and enterprise.
The Company conducts an active acquisition and corporate development program.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
PRINTING
 
  The Company, through its subsidiaries Sandy Alexander, Inc. and Modern
Graphic Arts (the "Printing Segment" or "Segment") is a commercial printer
specializing in high-quality color reproduction.
 
  High-quality lithography, also referred to as fine color printing, refers to
the top quality range of commercial printing, such as required by specialty
retailers for catalogs, public companies for annual reports, and a wide
variety of commercial enterprises for advertising and promotional materials.
Four, five, six and even eight colors may be used for detailed reproduction
and accurate color rendition and consistent tone. Quality paper which may
include gloss and coating and a variety of textures and weights are normally
associated with fine color printing.
 
  The Company's Printing Segment provides a full range of capabilities serving
the fine color printing market. The Segment also prints small-run publications
for the publishing industry and a variety of products for the direct-mail
industry.
 
  Two production facilities include a complete spectrum of graphic arts
skills. For pre-production, color separation and pre-press operations the
Segment employs a unique blend of computerized digital equipment and laser
scanning and imaging systems. Press room facilities include six web and six
sheet fed presses. Complete prep, platemaking and bindery departments are also
maintained. In-line finishing capabilities, including cutting, gluing,
perforating and folding finished product, are an important element of post
press services. The Company also provides a separate fulfillment center for
storage and distribution of printed and other material.
 
  The commercial printing industry is fragmented and highly competitive.
According to the U.S. Department of Commerce there are 37,000 commercial
printers in the U.S. market providing shipments of an estimated $56 billion
annually. North American Publishing Co., a publisher of printing industry
magazines and books produces a listing of the 500 largest printers, based on
revenues, in the market. For 1994, the largest printer had revenues of $4.4
billion and the 500th largest had revenues of $9.6 million. Based on this
listing the Company's combined printing business ranks 82nd in revenues for
that year.
 
  Competition in the printing industry is based on quality of work, service,
in the form of ability to accommodate special needs of clients, location and
price. The Company's larger printing facility is located in the New York
metropolitan area. This location affords the Company access to a highly
skilled work force and proximity to the largest printing customers in the
market. The Company's printing facilities are well equipped with state of the
art machinery. Accordingly, the Company competes effectively on the basis of
quality and service. The New York area, however, is also a high cost
environment. Accordingly, where price is the major buying consideration, the
Company's New York facility has difficulty competing with printers in lower
cost regions. The Company's St. Petersburg facility is located in a lower cost
area and is able to compete more effectively on the basis of price.
 
  The Printing Segment employs 28 full-time salespeople, 23 of whom are
located in the Northeast, 1 in the Midwest and 4 in the Southeast.
 
  Principal raw materials used in fine color printing are paper and ink. In
recent years, supplies of such materials have been readily available. However,
during the second half of 1994, as economic conditions improved, suppliers of
paper increased prices substantially and, in certain instances, established
limits on purchases. As a significant customer, the Printing Segment was able
to acquire the product it needed. In addition, the Segment keeps an inventory
of a wide variety of paper and ink products.
 
  The Printing Segment accounted for 64% of consolidated revenues in 1994.
 
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION
 
  The Company's Advertising and Promotion segment consists of two advertising
agencies, a sales promotion agency and a company involved in marketing
tableware products.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
  Partners & Shevack, Inc., with offices in New York City and Bender,
Browning, Dolby & Sanderson Advertising, Inc., with offices in Chicago and
Milwaukee are each full service advertising agencies. They serve a broad range
of clients and plan, create, produce and place advertising in various media
such as television, radio, newspapers and magazines. They also offer
additional services including marketing consultation and research, design and
production of merchandising and promotional materials, direct marketing
capabilities and public relations.
 
  Partners & Shevack was formed through the consolidation of four separate
agencies acquired beginning in 1980. Its major clients include: American Home
Products Corporation, Church & Dwight, Co., Inc., National Westminster
Bancorp, Pfizer, Reckitt & Colman, Inc., The Scotts Company, Dutch Boy Paints
and KLM Royal Dutch Airlines.
 
  Bender, Browning, Dolby & Sanderson was acquired in 1985. It counts among
its clients Amoco Chemical Corp., Country Companies Insurance, Midwest Express
Airlines and Prime Option MasterCard.
 
  The principal sources of the advertising agencies' revenues are commissions
and fees on gross media and production costs.
 
  Commissions are earned on advertising placed with the various media. The
agencies receive production commissions for the preparation and production of
ads. The agencies may charge fees in lieu of media and production commissions.
 
  Federal, State and local governments and their agencies and various consumer
groups have directly or indirectly affected or attempted to affect the scope,
content and manner of presentation of advertising. The continued activity by
government and by consumer groups regarding advertising may cause further
changes in domestic advertising practices in the future.
 
  The Company's promotion agency, Ventura Associates International, Inc., is
involved in the design and administration of all styles of sales promotion
programs including sweepstakes, games, contests, premiums, sales incentives
and rebates. Such programs are widely employed by many businesses to interest
consumers in their products, or to serve as incentives for their employees and
agents. Ventura's creative, account executive and administrative personnel
work closely with its clients in creating and completing a wide variety of
programs.
 
  The Company's advertising and promotion businesses operate in the highly
competitive marketing industry. According to Value Line, U.S. companies spend
$148 billion annually marketing their products. The Agency Red Book lists
4,800 advertising agencies of which 2,900 have billings in excess of $1
million annually. The U.S. Department of Commerce estimates that media
advertising billings amount to about $37 billion annually.
 
  The Company's advertising agencies are considered medium sized. The industry
includes 21 agencies each with annual billings in excess of $1 billion, world-
wide. The Company's agencies each have billings of between $35 million and
$200 million. There are an estimated 4,300 agencies with annual billings under
$25 million.
 
  Competition in the advertising agency business is based on creativity and
client service. Certain large consumer advertisers also require an agency to
have a presence in numerous geographic areas. The Company believes that its
agencies provide creative products and afford client service at the highest
levels. Accordingly, they can compete with agencies much larger in size.
Indeed, size becomes a competitive advantage since the Company's agencies
provide each of their clients with access to the firm's best talent. At a
larger agency, some of these clients would be served by a less experienced
staff. Because of the Company's size, however, certain national and
international advertisers may not consider employing them.
 
  Advertising agencies contract with their clients to serve as agency of
record for specific products or services. These contracts can be terminated on
relatively short notice. The loss of one or more product assignments would be
detrimental to the Company's advertising agencies. In the sales promotion
company clients are served on an assignment basis.
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
  The Excel Marketing Group is engaged in designing, importing and marketing
stainless steel and silverplate flatware and other tableware products under
its own brand, Retroneu(R), and through a licensing agreement under the
Farberware(R) name. Major customers include Bloomingdales, Marshalls and
Lechters.
 
  The retail tabletop market was approximately $3.5 billion in 1992. Excel
competes with many better-known and larger companies in the tabletop industry.
Competition is based on product quality, price and service.
 
  Excel's products are imported from the Orient, principally Korea and China.
Excel has established agreements with manufacturers and merchandise has been
available as needed.
 
  During 1994, Excel's traditional dinnerware continuity promotions suffered
from a lack of consumer and retailer interest. In an attempt to revive these
programs, the Company entered into an agreement to sell licensed products in
connection with the promotions. The licensed products promotions were not
successful.
 
  The Advertising and Promotion segment accounted for 36% of consolidated
revenues in 1994.
 
GENERAL
 
  None of the Company's customers accounted for 10% of consolidated revenues
for any of the three years ended December 31, 1994.
 
  The Company employed 657 individuals as of December 31, 1994.
 
  The Company conducts an active corporate development program. Potential
acquisition candidates are identified via screening of public information and
through the Company's knowledge of the industries in which it operates. In
addition, the Company receives information from investment bankers and other
intermediaries concerning businesses which are for sale.
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
  The following table sets forth selected historical financial information for
the Company and its subsidiaries for each of the five years in the period
ended December 31, 1994. The following information should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
Operations and Financial Condition", and the Consolidated Financial Statements
and related Notes that are included elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>    
<CAPTION>
                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                              MARCH 31,        AS OF AND FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                          -------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
                            1995       1994      1994       1993       1992       1991       1990
                          ---------  --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                            IN THOUSANDS (EXCEPT PER SHARE)
<S>                       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues
Tangible products.......  $  25,720  $ 23,064  $ 106,637  $ 100,095  $  81,273  $  68,291  $  64,719
Services................      5,465     4,497     20,986     18,849     27,971     37,301     35,814
                          ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                          $  31,185  $ 27,561  $ 127,623  $ 118,944  $ 109,244  $ 105,592  $ 100,533
                          =========  ========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
Income
Tangible products.......      1,248       488  $   1,739  $   3,891  $   3,822  $   2,703  $   3,221
Services................        273       (62)     1,748        684      1,065      2,491      1,155
                          ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                              1,521       426      3,487      4,575      4,887      5,194      4,376
Unallocated amounts.....       (463)     (426)    (1,582)    (2,148)     2,779     (1,285)    (3,546)
Interest expense........       (483)     (492)    (1,990)    (2,172)    (2,083)    (2,235)    (2,629)
                          ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before
 taxes..................        575      (492)       (85)       255      5,583      1,674     (1,799)
Income taxes (benefits).        230      (197)       (34)       101      2,233        670     (2,447)
                          ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary item and
 cumulative effect of
 change in accounting...        345      (295)       (51)       154      3,350      1,004        648
Extraordinary item......                  --         --         --      (1,134)       --         --
Cumulative effect of
 change in accounting...        --        --         --         200        --         --         --
                          ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).......  $     345  $    295  $     (51) $     354  $   2,216  $   1,004  $     648
                          =========  ========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
Income (loss) per share
Primary
 Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  change in accounting..  $     .06  $   (.05) $    (.02) $     .02  $     .55  $     .16  $     .10
Extraordinary item......        --        --         --         --        (.19)       --         --
Cumulative effect of
 change in accounting...        --        --         --         .03        --         --         --
                          ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).......  $     .06  $   (.05) $    (.02) $     .05  $     .36  $     .16  $     .10
                          =========  ========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
Fully diluted
 Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  change in accounting..  $     .05  $   (.05) $    (.02) $     .02  $     .49  $     .16  $     .10
Extraordinary item......        --        --         --         --        (.16)       --         --
Cumulative effect of
 change in accounting...        --        --         --         .03        --         --         --
                          ---------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).......  $     .05  $   (.05) $    (.02) $     .05  $     .33  $     .16  $     .10
                          =========  ========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========
Cash dividends per
 common share...........  $    .015  $   .015  $     .06  $     .06  $     .06  $     .06  $     .06
Cash dividends per
 preferred share........  $    .075  $   .075  $     .30  $     .30  $     .30  $     .30  $     .30
Total assets............  $ 104,693  $ 97,995  $ 100,456  $  97,242  $  88,631  $  85,378  $  79,528
Long term obligations...  $  20,113  $ 21,276  $  20,703  $  21,528  $  22,511  $  17,325  $  14,736
Total Equity............  $  35,056  $ 35,081  $  34,773  $  35,499  $  35,605  $  33,803  $  33,214
Ratio of earnings to
 fixed charges(1).......     219.05%        0%     96.17%    117.11%
Book value per share....  $    5.32  $   5.33  $    5.28  $    5.36  $    5.38  $    5.53  $    5.44
</TABLE>     
--------
(1) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    coverage represents the sum of income from continuing operations before
    income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges represent interest paid or
    accrued on indebtedness of the Company.
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
  During 1994 the Company recorded a $2.5 million charge to reduce certain
inventory of the Excel Marketing Group to net realizable values. Also in 1994,
a $1.0 million charge (of which the Company's share is $500,000) was recorded
to adjust the inventory and allowance for returns of Excel Plus, Ltd. a
company in which the Excel Group owns 50%. (See Note 2 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.)
 
  In 1993, the Company acquired the Excel Group of companies. (See Note 2.)
During 1992, the Company sold Caribiner, Inc. (See Note 3.) Operating results
for these businesses are included only for the periods during which the
Company owned them. Effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method
of accounting for income taxes and recorded a $200,000 effect on income. (See
Note 1.)
 
  Included in unallocated amounts are: for 1993, loss on an investment; for
1992, gain on sale of a business; and for 1991 adjustment to an investment.
(See Notes 3 and 5.) In 1990, the Company recorded a $2.8 million loss on an
investment which is included in unallocated amounts. Income for 1990 also
includes a $2 million adjustment to tax liabilities.
 
  In 1992, as a result of retiring an issue of subordinated debentures, the
Company recorded an extraordinary loss of $1,134,000.
 
  Total equity reflects asset values at historic cost or amortized historic
cost where appropriate (e.g. for property, plant and equipment) (see
Consolidated Balance Sheets and accompanying notes in the financial statements
included elsewhere in this proxy statement). Book values per share are
calculated based on total equity adjusted to include the conversion of the
Convertible Debentures divided by the sum of outstanding Company Stock and the
Company Common Stock deemed to have been issued upon conversion of the
Convertible Debentures. Total equity and book value per share would change if
the fair values of the Company's property, plant and equipment were different
from amortized historic cost and such fair values were substituted for
amortized historic cost in the Company's balance sheets. The Company did not
have its property, plant and equipment appraised to determine what change, if
any, in total equity and book value per share might result from such
substitution of values. Nevertheless, the Company's management does not
believe that the fair values of the Company's property, plant and equipment
would differ materially from amortized historic cost. The reasons for
management's belief are described below.
 
  The Company's property, plant and equipment at March 31, 1995 and December
31, 1994 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                MARCH 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                -------------- -----------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                          <C>            <C>
   Leasehold improvements.....................     $  3,749        $  3,497
   Machinery and equipment....................       42,736          42,337
                                                   --------        --------
   Total historic cost........................       46,485          45,834
   Less accumulated depreciation and amortiza-
    tion......................................      (20,349)        (19,154)
                                                   --------        --------
   Amortized historic cost....................     $ 26,136        $ 26,680
                                                   ========        ========
</TABLE> 
 
  The balances of machinery and equipment at historic cost can be identified
as printing and non-printing as follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>
                                                MARCH 31, 1995 DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                -------------- -----------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                          <C>            <C>
   Printing...................................     $ 37,710        $ 37,501
   Non-printing...............................        5,026           4,836
                                                   --------        --------
                                                   $ 42,736        $ 42,337
                                                   ========        ========
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
  As disclosed above, the Company's property, plant and equipment consists of
leasehold improvements, printing equipment and equipment for non-printing
businesses. The Company does not own any real property.
 
  The Company's management has determined in its reasonable judgment that, as
a general rule, the fair value of leasehold improvements and non-printing
equipment would not exceed amortized historic cost. Leasehold improvements are
attached to the leased property and cannot be sold separate and apart from the
leased property. In most instances any value of the improvements becomes the
property of the landlord.
 
  Non-printing equipment consists of furniture and office equipment including
computer and other electronic data processing and communication devices.
Although valuable to the ongoing businesses, these assets have limited demand
on the resale market.
 
  The Company's printing machinery and equipment is of high quality and well
maintained. However, the market for used printing equipment has been and
remains soft. The printing industry is experiencing a consolidation which has
resulted in a surplus of equipment available for sale. Accordingly, the
Company's management does not believe that the fair value of the Company's
printing machinery and equipment would exceed amortized cost.
 
              MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF
                      OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  Management has prepared and is responsible for the consolidated financial
statements and related financial information included in this report. These
financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles which are consistently applied and appropriate in the
circumstances. The statements necessarily include amounts based on
management's best judgment and estimates.
 
  The Company maintains accounting and other control systems, including
internal audits of its subsidiary operations to provide reasonable assurance
that assets are safeguarded and that the books and records reflect the
authorized transactions of the Company. Underlying the concept of reasonable
assurance is the premise that the cost of control should not exceed the
benefit. Management believes that the Company's accounting and other control
systems appropriately recognize this cost/benefit relationship.
 
  The Company's independent accountants, KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, provide an
independent objective assessment of the degree to which management meets its
responsibility for fairness in financial reporting. They evaluate the
Company's system of internal accounting control in determining the nature and
extent of audit tests and perform such tests and other procedures as they deem
necessary to reach and express an opinion on the financial statements. The
report of KPMG Peat Marwick appears on page F-2.
 
  The Audit Committee of the Board is responsible for reviewing and monitoring
the Company's financial reports and accounting practices. The Audit Committee,
consisting of three non-management directors, meets to discuss audit and
financial reporting matters with representatives of management, the internal
auditor and the independent accountants. The internal auditor and the
independent accountants have direct access to the Audit Committee.
 
GENERAL
 
  The Company's financial statements reflect the acquisition of a business,
the sale of a business, write-down of an investment, accounting changes and an
extraordinary item. (See Notes 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 13 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.) These transactions affect the
comparability of the financial statements presented.
 
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  Consolidated revenues were $31.2 million in the first quarter of 1995, a 13%
increase over the $27.6 million of revenues recorded in the first quarter of
1994. Revenue increased in both the advertising and promotion and printing
segments representing, for each segment, greater volume of business.
 
  Equity in pre tax earnings of Excel Plus, the Excel Marketing Group's
European joint venture was a loss of $127,000 in the first quarter of 1995
compared with a break-even in 1994.
 
  Operating income was $892,000 in the first quarter of 1995 compared with a
loss of $158,000 in 1994. The improvement in operating income results from the
increased volume of business mentioned above, better margins in the printing
business and reduced losses for the Excel Marketing Group. The Excel Marketing
Group lost money in both the first quarter of 1995 and 1994. These losses
include the Group's equity in the earnings (loss) of Excel Plus. The losses
are lower in 1995 since a smaller portion of the business relates to
supermarket continuity programs.
 
  Pre tax income was a profit of $575,000 for the first quarter of 1995
compared with a loss of $492,000 in 1994. The improvement in pre tax income
mirrors the improvement in operating income discussed above.
 
 Consolidated
 
  Consolidated revenues were $127.6 million in 1994, an increase of $8.7
million over 1993 revenues of $118.9 million. The Excel Marketing Group, was
acquired in 1993, and included in operating results for 10 months. Comparing
1994 and 1993 revenues by including a full year's operations for Excel in
1993, revenues would have increased by $4.7 million in 1994. Most of this
increase results from higher revenues in the advertising and promotion
segment.
 
  Revenues were $118.9 million in 1993, an increase of $9.7 million over 1992
revenues of $109.2 million. Excluding the Excel Marketing Group and Caribiner,
Inc., which was sold in 1992, revenues were $99.4 million in 1993, and $101.6
million in 1992. The $2.2 million decline in revenues in 1993 principally
reflects lower revenues in the advertising and promotions segment.
 
  Operating income was $1.2 million in 1994 and $2.7 million in 1993.
Adjusting to include Excel for all of 1993, operating income would have been
$2.6 million. The decline in operating income in 1994 results from poor
performance for the Excel Group which lost $3.6 million as compared with a
break-even in 1993.
 
  Operating income was $2.7 million in 1993 and 1992. Excluding the operations
of the Excel Group in 1993 and Caribiner in 1992, operating income was $2.7
million in 1993 and $2.4 million in 1992. This increase results from slightly
improved margins in the printing segment.
 
  See below for a discussion of operating results by industry segment.
 
  Income (loss) before taxes, extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
change in accounting principle was a loss of $85,000 in 1994 and income of
$255,000 in 1993. This decline in pretax results includes the reduction in
operating income discussed above, partially offset by an improvement in other
income and expense. In 1993, other expense reflected the write-down of an
investment in a company engaged in the record industry. See Note 5 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  Income before taxes, extraordinary item and change in accounting principle
was $255,000 in 1993 and $5.6 million in 1992. The principal reasons for this
decrease in pretax income are a decrease in investment income, an increase in
other expenses and the $3.2 million gain on the sale of Caribiner recognized
in 1992. The decrease in investment income results from a one-time gain on the
sale of a temporary investment in 1992. The increase in other expenses
reflects the write-down of an investment in a record company.
 
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
  See Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an
analysis of income tax provisions for the years 1994, 1993 and 1992.
 
  As of January 1, 1994, the Company changed its method of accounting for
temporary investments in order to comply with the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities ("SFAS 115"). Pursuant to SFAS 115, in 1994 an
unrealized loss on certain investments was recognized via an adjustment to
stockholders' equity. This adjustment did not affect net income. For 1993 and
1992, the Company accounted for these investments at the lower of cost or
market with any resulting adjustments included in net income. See Note 7 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  Effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for
income taxes. In connection with this change, $200,000 of income, representing
the cumulative effect of this change as of that date, was recorded. See Note
13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  In 1992, the Company retired the remaining balance of its issue of 11.5%
Subordinated Debentures resulting in an extraordinary loss of $1.1 million.
See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 By Industry Segment
 
  Note 15, Business Segment Information, of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements shows revenues and income before taxes for each of the
Company's industry segments for the three years ended December 31, 1994.
Income amounts include investment income and other expense and income in the
industry segment to which they apply but exclude equity in income or loss of
an affiliated company.
 
  Revenues for the advertising and promotion segment were $46.4 million in
1994 an increase of $8.1 million over 1993. Adjusting 1993 revenues to include
a full year for the Excel Marketing Group, revenues increased by $4.1 million
in 1994. This increase reflects greater advertising expenditures by clients of
the Company's advertising subsidiaries and sales growth for the Farberware
flatware and dinnerware products at Excel.
 
  For this segment, revenues increased to $38.4 million in 1993 from $28
million in 1992. Excluding the Excel Marketing Group and Caribiner, revenues
were $18.8 million in 1993 and $20.3 million in 1992. This reduction results
from a decrease in sweepstakes prizes, in the sales promotion business.
 
  In 1994, the advertising and promotion segment recognized a pretax loss of
$876,000 as compared with profit of $613,000 in 1993. Excluding the effects of
investment and other income but including the Company's equity in earnings and
loss of an affiliated Company, the segment lost $2.1 million in 1994 and
earned $547,000 in 1993. This significant change results from operations at
the Excel Marketing Group.
 
  During 1994, Excel's traditional dinnerware continuity promotions suffered
from a lack of consumer and retailer interest. In an attempt to revive these
programs, the Company entered into an agreement to sell licensed products in
connection with the promotions. The licensed products promotions were not
successful.
 
  The Excel Group's joint venture in Europe, Excel Plus Ltd., also experienced
difficult market conditions in 1994 and recognized a loss for the period. For
both its US and European operations the Company recorded adjustments to
inventory values and to the allowance for returns. See Note 2 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements. In March 1995, the Company was informed by
the other 50% owner of Excel Plus Ltd. that it may want to terminate the joint
venture agreement. The Company is engaged in discussions with the other owner
as to the liquidation of assets and liabilities as well as the future of the
joint venture. Management does not believe that resolution of the uncertainty
regarding this joint venture will have a material effect on the Company.
 
  The inclusion of the results of the Excel Marketing Group for 10 months in
1993 did not materially affect the comparability of pretax income between 1994
and 1993.
 
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
  Pretax income in the advertising and promotion segment was $.6 million in
1993 and $1.1 million in 1992. Excluding the Excel Marketing Group, Caribiner
and the effects of investment income and other income and expense, income was
$.5 million in 1993 and $.6 million in 1992.
 
  In the printing segment, revenues were $81.2 million in 1994 as compared
with $80.6 million in 1993. This modest increase in revenues reflects a
continuing softness in the market for high quality commercial printing. In
addition, in 1994 the Company installed two finishing lines at its St.
Petersburg, Florida facility and dismantled a web press at the Clifton, New
Jersey plant. During the periods when this work was being performed,
productive capacity was reduced.
 
  Revenues were $80.6 million in 1993 as compared with $81.3 million in 1992.
This decline reflects a soft market. Pricing was extremely competitive since
there was excess printing capacity in the market.
 
  Income for the printing segment was $5.3 million in 1994 and $4.0 million in
1993. Investment income and other income and expense had no effect on these
amounts. The improvement in earnings in 1994 includes better pricing and more
efficient production. It also reflects an adjustment to a self insured medical
reserve and inventory profits recognized when paper prices increased
dramatically in the second half of the year.
 
  Income for the segment was $4.0 million in 1993 and $3.8 million in 1992.
Investment income and other income and expense had no effect on these amounts.
The slight increase in income in 1993 results from improvements in production
efficiencies in the Company's St. Petersburg, Florida facility.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
  The Company's financial position as of March 31, 1995 is shown in the
unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets. The major change in the Company's
financial condition at March 31, 1995 compared to December 31, 1994 is the
increase in non cash working capital and a corresponding decrease in cash and
temporary investments. Inventory balances increased by $7.8 million during the
first quarter. These increases were principally in the printing segment and
result from increased business in printing corporate annual reports.
 
  As of March 31, 1995 the Company had not yet borrowed money to finance the
additions to property, plant and equipment made in 1994. The Company expects
to finance these additions which will increase cash and temporary expenditures
by about $5 million.
 
  The Company's financial position as of December 31, 1994 and 1993 is shown
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Note 15, Business Segment Information,
discloses identifiable assets by industry segment. The Consolidated Statements
of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 1994 shows increases and
decreases in cash resulting from operating, investing and financing
activities.
 
 Liquidity
 
  The Company had cash and temporary investments of $9.4 million at December
31, 1994, compared with $13.2 million at the end of 1993. The decline in cash
and temporary investments in 1994 results from payments made for additions to
property, plant and equipment. The Company expects to borrow money to finance
some of these expenditures, bringing cash and temporary investments balances
back to the year-end 1993 level. After completing this financing, cash and
temporary investments will exceed the current needs of ongoing operations. It
is management's intention to invest these funds in new businesses or to expand
existing subsidiaries. The Company may also use some of the cash and temporary
investments to fund a proposed merger transaction. See Note 17 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  Working capital was $18.1 million at December 31, 1994, compared with $21.9
million at December 31, 1993. The Company's working capital balances and
ratios are affected by its advertising businesses. The full amounts of an
advertising agency's receivables and payables are recorded as assets and
liabilities while only the
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
commission portion of the billings is shown as revenues. The Excel Group uses
a line of credit to finance the acquisition of flatware and dinnerware
inventories.
 
 Capital Reserves
 
  The Company's advertising and promotion segment is not capital intensive,
but the printing segment does require a continuing expansion and upgrading of
equipment. The Company's capital needs for these existing businesses are
satisfied through operations. In addition, equipment acquisitions can be
arranged through many sources of debt or lease financing.
 
  Long-term debt was 37% and 38% of the Company's total capitalization as of
December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
  The Company was committed to acquire $1.7 million of property, plant and
equipment at December 31, 1994. The Company expects to finance these
expenditures with loans secured by the equipment.
 
INFLATION
 
  Inflation has influenced the Company's financial position and operations.
Some of the revenues reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income are
simply higher prices and do not represent increased activity. These revenues
are, to a degree, offset by increased expenses which also simply reflect
higher costs. Depreciation expense, however, is not adjusted currently to
reflect increased equipment costs. Since much of the Company's equipment is
relatively new, the potential distortion to depreciation expense is not
significant. It has been the Company's experience that new equipment
incorporates productivity savings which offset increased depreciation costs.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
                 BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SHARES OF THE COMPANY
 
  The following table sets forth to the best of the Company's knowledge, the
beneficial ownership of voting securities, as of March 13, 1995, with respect
to (i) each person or group known to the Company to own more than 5% of the
outstanding Shares and (ii) each director and executive officer of the
Company. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes following the table, the
person as to whom the information is given has sole voting and investment
power over the Shares indicated as beneficially owned.
 
  Each person listed below is a citizen of the United States. Unless otherwise
indicated, the business address of each person listed below is 405 Park
Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
     TITLE OF CLASS         NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER     NUMBER OF SHARES(1)     CLASS
     --------------         ------------------------     ------------------- -------------
<S>                      <C>                             <C>                 <C>
Common Stock............ James C. Marlas                      3,826,903(2)       55.3%
                         Lindner Dividend Fund                1,302,588(3)       18.1%
                          7711 Carondelet Avenue
                          P.O. Box 16900
                          St. Louis, MO 63105
                         Dimensional Fund Advisors, Inc.        362,250           6.2%
                          1299 Ocean Avenue
                          Suite 650
                          Santa Monica, CA 90401
                         George Kane                             89,997(4)        1.3%
                         Bernard S. White                        44,102(5)          *
                         Gregory J. Garville                     36,325(6)          *
                         C. Gordon Murphy                        12,000(7)          *
                         Frank Stillo                            11,250(8)          *
                         Robert Garrett                          11,070(9)          *
                         Mel Gordon                              10,400(10)         *
                         John C. Mickle                          10,600(11)         *
                         Fred T. Pugliese                        13,583(12)         *
Preferred Stock......... Karla Davis                             14,472             6%
                          4033 Santa Barbara
                          Dallas, TX 75214
                         Catherine Neuhoff Dickson               21,400           8.8%
                          2645 Vista Del Arroyo
                          San Angelo, TX 76904
                         Henry Neuhoff III                       15,793           6.5%
                          12008 Fieldwood Lane
                          Dallas, TX 74234
                         Robert Vincent Neuhoff                  15,919           6.6%
                          4710 Dorset Road
                          Dallas, TX 75229
</TABLE>
--------
 (1) Unless noted otherwise all shares presented are beneficially owned by the
     listed owners in terms of both voting and investment power.
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
 (2) 1,974,065 of these shares are held in the name of Union Capital
     Corporation, of which Mr. Marlas is the sole stockholder. Mr. Marlas is
     the holder of $4,200,000 in principal amount of the Company's 8%
     Convertible Subordinated Debentures due May 2002. The convertible
     subordinated debentures are convertible into the Company's Common Stock,
     par value $1, at any time at a price of $4.25 per share. Accordingly,
     988,235 of the shares beneficially owned represent the shares which may
     be acquired upon conversion of those debentures. An additional 50,000
     shares represent exercisable options (which were granted in 1992 under
     the Company's 1981 Incentive Stock Option Plan), and 203,000 shares
     represent shares held for Mr. Marlas' benefit in qualified retirement
     plans.
 (3) Lindener Dividend Fund, Inc. is the beneficial owner of $5,536,000 in
     principal amount of the Company's 8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures
     due May 2002. Accordingly, all of the Shares beneficially owned represent
     the shares which may be acquired upon conversion of those debentures.
 (4) includes 32,500 exercisable options.
 (5) includes 10,000 exercisable options.
 (6) includes 30,000 exercisable options.
 (7) includes 10,000 exercisable options.
 (8) includes 10,000 exercisable options.
 (9) includes 10,000 exercisable options.
(10) includes 10,000 exercisable options.
(11) includes 10,000 exercisable options.
(12) includes 9,000 exercisable options.
  * Less than one percent.
 
  The following table sets forth to the best of the Company's knowledge, any
purchases of Company Stock made by the Company or any affiliate since January
1, 1993:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PRICE/  AVERAGE
DATE OF                                               IDENTITY                 PER    PURCHASE
FILING   FORM # SECURITY  DATE        TYPE          OF PURCHASER     # SHARES SHARE    PRICE
-------  ------ -------- -------      ----          ------------     -------- ------  --------
<S>      <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>             <C>                 <C>      <C>     <C>
 8.2.94     4    Common   7.5.94 Direct Purchase Mr. James C. Marlas    500   $2.50    $2.438
                 Common  7.11.94 Direct Purchase Mr. James C. Marlas   4000    2.375    2.438
                 Common  7.13.94 Direct Purchase Mr. James C. Marlas   1000    2.50     2.438
                 Common  7.15.94 Direct Purchase Mr. James C. Marlas    200    2.50     2.438
                 Common  7.18.94 Direct Purchase Mr. James C. Marlas    100    2.50     2.438
                 Common  7.19.94 Direct Purchase Mr. James C. Marlas   3000    2.50     2.438
7.11.94     4    Common  6.20.94 Direct Purchase Mr. James C. Marlas   2000    2.50     2.688
                 Common  6.21.94 Direct Purchase Mr. James C. Marlas   2500    2.50     2.688
 6.8.94     4    Common  5.26.94 Direct Purchase Mr. James C. Marlas   1600    2.50     2.688
</TABLE>    
 
                     CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS IN COMPANY STOCK
 
  During the past 60 days, no transactions in Company Stock were effected by
the persons named in the table set forth above.
 
                              PROXY SOLICITATION
 
  Proxies are being solicited by and on behalf of the Board. All expenses of
this solicitation, including the cost of preparing and mailing this Proxy
Statement, will be borne by the Company. In addition to solicitation by uses
of the mails, proxies may be solicited by directors, officers and employees of
the Company in person or by telephone, telegram or other means of
communication. Such directors, officers and employees will not be additionally
compensated, but may be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection
with such solicitation. Arrangements will also be made with custodians,
nominees and fiduciaries for forwarding of proxy
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
solicitation material to beneficial owners of the Company Common Stock held of
record by such persons, and the Company may reimburse such custodians,
nominees and fiduciaries for reasonable expenses incurred in connection
therewith. MacKenzie Partners, Inc. has been engaged to solicit proxies on
behalf of the Company for a fee of $4,000 plus reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses.
 
               CURRENT INFORMATION: DELISTING AND DEREGISTRATION
 
  The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange
Act, and in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other
documents and information with the Commission. The Company officers, directors
and principal shareholders are also presently subject to certain filing
requirements, as well as certain trading restrictions, imposed under the
Exchange Act. Such reports, proxy statements and other documents and
information, as well as the aforementioned Schedule 13E-3, are available for
inspection and copying at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549 and at the Regional Offices of the Commission located at Room 3190,
Kuczynsky Federal Building, 230 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois
60604, and Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such
material may be obtained at prescribed rates by mail addressed to the
Commission's Public Reference Section, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The Company's Common Stock is listed on the New
York Stock Exchange, and such material and other information can also be
inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street,
New York, NY 10005.
 
  After the Effective Time, the Company Common Stock will be delisted from the
New York Stock Exchange, registration of the Company Common Stock under the
Exchange Act will terminate and the Company will cease filing reports with the
Commission. Moreover, the Company will be relieved of the obligation to comply
with the proxy rules of Regulation 14A under Section 14 of the Exchange Act,
and its officers, directors and 10% shareholders will be relieved of the
reporting requirements and "short-swing" trading liability under Section 16 of
the Exchange Act.
 
                             INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
  Representatives of KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, the Company's independent
auditors, are expected to be present at the Special Meeting and will have an
opportunity to make a statement should they desire to do so. Such
representatives are also expected to be available to respond to questions.
 
                         FUTURE SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS
   
  If the Merger is not consummated, any shareholder who wishes to present a
proposal for inclusion in the Proxy Statement for action at future Annual
Meetings of Shareholders must comply with the rules and regulations of the
Commission then in effect. The date by which such proposals must be received
by the Company for inclusion in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 1995
Annual Meeting has not yet been determined. If the Merger is not consummated,
the Company will inform holders of the Company Common Stock of the date by
which such proposals must be received by the Company for inclusion in the
Company's Proxy Statement for the 1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.     
 
                                OTHER BUSINESS
 
  The Board does not intend to bring any other matters before the Special
Meeting and does not know of any matters to be brought before the Special
Meeting by others. If any other matter should come before the Special Meeting,
it is the intention of the persons named in the accompanying proxy to vote the
proxy on behalf of the shareholders they represent in accordance with their
best judgment.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Unaudited Financial Statements:
  Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 1995 and 1994..................  F-2
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31,
   1995 and 1994..........................................................  F-3
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the three months
   ended March 31, 1995...................................................  F-4
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended March
   31, 1995 and 1994......................................................  F-5
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................  F-6
Audited Financial Statements:
  Report of Independent Accountants.......................................  F-8
  Consolidated Balance Sheets.............................................  F-9
  Consolidated Statements of Income....................................... F-10
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity......................... F-11
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows................................... F-12
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-13
  Excel Plus Limited Financial Statements................................. F-25
Other:
  Quarterly Data.......................................................... F-37
  Pro Forma Financial Data................................................ F-38
  Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)........................ F-39
  Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited).................. F-40
  Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
   Statements............................................................. F-41
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                         MARCH 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1995         1994
                                                         ---------  ------------
                                                              IN THOUSANDS
                                                         (EXCEPT SHARES AND PAR
                                                                VALUES)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
Assets
  Current assets
  Cash.................................................. $    157     $  1,596
  Temporary investments.................................    4,380        7,759
  Receivables, less allowances for doubtful accounts and
   returns--$4,285
   (1994--$5,260).......................................   34,648       32,701
  Inventories...........................................   27,864       20,045
                                                         --------     --------
    Total current assets................................   67,049       62,101
  Intangibles--net......................................   10,946       11,152
  Property, plant and equipment--net....................   26,136       26,680
  Other.................................................      562          523
                                                         --------     --------
                                                         $104,693     $100,456
                                                         ========     ========
Liabilities
  Current liabilities
  Accounts payable...................................... $ 23,467     $ 16,479
  Notes payable.........................................    8,537        9,180
  Accrued liabilities...................................   11,040       13,222
  Income taxes payable..................................    2,927        2,614
  Current portion of long-term debt.....................    2,615        2,547
                                                         --------     --------
    Total current liabilities...........................   48,586       44,042
  Deferred income taxes.................................      938          938
  Long-term debt........................................   20,113       20,703
Stockholders' equity
  Preferred stock, par value $1--5,000,000 shares
   authorized; 242,000 shares issued (minimum
   liquidation preference $727).........................      242          242
  Common stock, par value $1--20,000,000 authorized;
   5,878,000 shares issued..............................    5,878        5,878
  Capital...............................................    2,157        2,157
  Retained earnings.....................................   27,029       26,790
  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment....      (54)         (56)
  Unrealized holding gain (loss)........................     (196)        (238)
                                                         --------     --------
    Total stockholders' equity..........................   35,056       34,773
                                                         --------     --------
                                                         $104,693     $100,456
                                                         ========     ========
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
                        
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME     
 
               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1ST QUARTER
                                                              ----------------
                                                               1995     1994
                                                              -------  -------
                                                               IN THOUSANDS
                                                                (EXCEPT PER
                                                                  SHARE)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Revenues
  Tangible products.......................................... $25,720  $23,064
  Services...................................................   5,465    4,497
                                                              -------  -------
                                                               31,185   27,561
Equity in pre-tax earnings (loss of affiliated company)......    (127)     --
Costs and expenses
  Cost of revenues
  Tangible products..........................................  19,883   18,256
  Services...................................................   4,880    4,207
  Selling and administrative.................................   5,403    5,256
                                                              -------  -------
                                                               30,166   27,719
                                                              =======  =======
Operating income (loss)......................................     892     (158)
Other expense (income)
  Interest expense...........................................     483      492
  Investment income..........................................    (127)    (148)
  Other--net.................................................     (39)     (10)
                                                              -------  -------
                                                                  317      334
                                                              -------  -------
Income (loss) before taxes...................................     575     (492)
Income taxes (benefit).......................................     230     (197)
Net income (loss)............................................ $   345  $  (295)
                                                              =======  =======
Income (loss) per common share
Primary:
  Net income (loss)..........................................    0.06    (0.05)
                                                              -------  -------
Fully diluted:
  Net income (loss)..........................................    0.05    (0.05)
                                                              -------  -------
  Dividends per common share................................. $ 0.015  $ 0.015
                                                              =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                    CUMULATIVE
                                        COMMON   CAPITAL              FOREIGN   UNREALIZED  TOTAL
                           PREFERRED    STOCK   IN EXCESS            CURRENCY    HOLDING    STOCK-
                             STOCK,      PAR     OF PAR   RETAINED  TRANSLATION    GAIN    HOLDERS'
                          PAR VALUE $1 VALUE $1   VALUE   EARNINGS  ADJUSTMENT    (LOSS)    EQUITY
                          ------------ -------- --------- --------  ----------- ---------- --------
                                                        IN THOUSANDS
<S>                       <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
Balance at December 31,
 1994...................      $242      $5,878   $2,157   $26,790      $(56)      $(238)   $34,773
Net Income..............       --          --       --        345       --          --         345
Cash Dividends..........       --          --       --       (106)      --          --        (106)
Translation adjustments.       --          --       --        --          2         --           2
Change in market value
 of available-for-sale
 securities (net of
 tax)...................       --          --       --        --        --           42         42
Balance at March 31,
 1995...................      $242      $5,878   $2,157   $27,029      $(54)      $(196)   $35,056
                              ====      ======   ======   =======      ====       =====    =======
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995     1994
                                                               -------  -------
                                                                IN THOUSANDS
<S>                                                            <C>      <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (loss)............................................. $   345  $  (295)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash:
  Depreciation................................................   1,195    1,050
  Amortization................................................     209      212
  Net change in:
    Accounts receivable.......................................  (1,947)   1,425
    Inventories...............................................  (7,819)  (2,796)
    Accounts payable..........................................   6,988    2,568
    Accrued liabilities.......................................  (2,182)    (974)
    Income taxes..............................................     313     (186)
    Notes payable to bank.....................................    (643)    (189)
                                                               -------  -------
      Net increase (decrease) from operating activities.......  (3,541)   1,193
                                                               -------  -------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net change in temporary investments...........................   3,421    2,124
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment................    (651)  (1,857)
Expenditures for intangibles..................................     --       (34)
Other.........................................................     (39)     296
                                                               -------  -------
      Net increase (decrease) from investing activities.......   2,731      529
                                                               -------  -------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Principal payments for debt...................................    (525)    (430)
Dividends paid................................................    (106)    (106)
                                                               -------  -------
      Net increase (decrease) from financing activities.......    (631)    (536)
                                                               -------  -------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.......................       2       15
                                                               -------  -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash...............................  (1,439)   1,201
Cash at beginning of year.....................................   1,596)     460
                                                               -------  -------
Cash at end of period.........................................     157  $ 1,661
                                                               =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                          MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  1. In the opinion of the Company's management, the financial statements
reflect all adjustments necessary to a fair statement of the results for the
interim periods presented.
 
  2. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and
1994 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full
year.
 
  3. Inventories at March 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994 consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1995    1994
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                  IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
     Finished goods............................................. $ 9,503 $ 8,761
     Work-in-process............................................  12,943   7,166
     Raw materials..............................................   5,418   4,118
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                 $27,864 $20,045
                                                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  4. Intangibles and Property, Plant and Equipment
 
  Intangibles: Intangibles at March 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994 are valued
at cost and consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995     1994
                                                             -------  -------
                                                              IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                     <C>      <C>
     Costs in excess of net tangible assets of businesses
      acquired.............................................. $15,746  $15,746
     Less accumulated amortization..........................  (4,800)  (4,594)
                                                             -------  -------
                                                             $10,946  $11,152
                                                             =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
  Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment at March 31,
1995 and December 31, 1994 are valued at cost and consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995      1994
                                                             --------  --------
                                                               IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                     <C>       <C>
     Leasehold improvements................................. $  3,749  $  3,497
     Machinery and equipment................................   42,736    42,337
                                                             --------  --------
                                                               46,485    45,834
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.........  (20,349)  (19,154)
                                                             --------  --------
                                                             $ 26,136  $ 26,680
                                                             ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
  5. Consolidated statements of Cash Flows
 
  The following is supplemental information regarding cash flows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995   1994
                                                                  ------ ------
                                                                  IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                          <C>    <C>
     Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest.................................................... $  283 $  309
     Income taxes................................................ $   56 $  103
</TABLE>
 
  6. Equity in Affiliated Company
 
  The Excel Marketing Group, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, owns a
50% interest in Excel Plus Ltd., a company engaged in dinnerware and other
product promotions in Europe. The Company accounts
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                          MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)
for Excel Plus under the equity methods and records its share of Excel Plus'
income or loss before taxes as a separate item in the Consolidated Statements
of Income. The Company's share of Excel Plus' income tax expense is included
in the consolidated provision for income taxes.
 
  Summarized financial information of Excel Plus is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1995        1994
                                                          --------- ------------
                                                               IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                  <C>       <C>
     Current assets......................................  $ 4,771    $ 6,418
     Non current assets..................................       60         52
                                                           -------    -------
                                                           $ 4,831    $ 6,470
                                                           =======    =======
     Current liabilities.................................  $ 6,235    $ 7,617
     Non current liabilities.............................      --         --
     Equity..............................................   (1,404)    (1,147)
                                                           -------    -------
                                                           $ 4,831    $ 6,470
                                                           =======    =======
<CAPTION>
                                                               1ST QUARTER
                                                          ----------------------
                                                            1995        1994
                                                          --------- ------------
     <S>                                                  <C>       <C>
     Revenues............................................  $ 1,962    $ 1,245
     Costs and expenses..................................    2,216      1,245
                                                           -------    -------
     Income (loss) before taxes..........................     (254)       --
     Income taxes (benefit)..............................      --         --
                                                           -------    -------
     Net income (loss)...................................  $  (254)   $   --
                                                           =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Mickelberry Communications Incorporated
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mickelberry
Communications Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1993,
and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 1994. In connection
with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited
the financial statement schedules as of and for the three years ended December
31, 1994 as listed in the index on page F-1. These consolidated financial
statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements and schedules based on our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Mickelberry Communications Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31,
1994 and 1993 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years ended December 31, 1994 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial
statement schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to the
basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
  As discussed in Notes 1 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements, in
1993 Mickelberry Communications Incorporated changed its method of accounting
for income taxes.
 
New York, New York
February 24, 1995, except for
 Notes 2 and 17, as to which
 the date is March 21, 1995
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                  IN THOUSANDS (EXCEPT SHARES AND PAR VALUES)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994     1993
                                                             --------  -------
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash...................................................... $  1,596  $   460
  Temporary investments.....................................    7,759   12,722
  Receivables, less allowances for doubtful accounts and
   returns $5,260
   (1993--$3,050)...........................................   32,701   30,832
  Inventories...............................................   20,045   16,931
                                                             --------  -------
    Total current assets....................................   62,101   60,945
Intangibles--net............................................   11,152   11,944
Property, plant and equipment--net..........................   26,680   22,421
Other.......................................................      523    1,932
                                                             --------  -------
                                                             $100,456  $97,242
                                                             ========  =======
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable.......................................... $ 16,479  $15,712
  Notes payable.............................................    9,180    6,901
  Accrued liabilities.......................................   13,222   11,832
  Income taxes payable......................................    2,614    2,624
  Current portion of long-term debt.........................    2,547    1,926
                                                             --------  -------
    Total current liabilities...............................   44,042   38,995
Deferred income taxes.......................................      938    1,220
Long-term debt..............................................   20,703   21,528
Stockholders' equity
  Preferred stock, par value $1--5,000,000 shares
   authorized; 242,000 shares issued (minimum liquidation
   preference $727).........................................      242      242
  Common stock, par value $1--20,000,000 shares authorized;
   5,878,000 shares issued (5,876,000 in 1993)..............    5,878    5,876
  Capital in excess of par value............................    2,157    2,154
  Retained earnings.........................................   26,790   27,266
  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment........      (56)     (39)
  Unrealized holding gain (loss)............................     (238)     --
                                                             --------  -------
    Total stockholders' equity..............................   34,773   35,499
                                                             --------  -------
                                                             $100,456  $97,242
                                                             ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1993
                    AND 1992 IN THOUSANDS (EXCEPT PER SHARE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1994      1993      1992
                                                 --------  --------  --------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues
  Tangible products............................. $106,637  $100,095  $ 81,273
  Services......................................   20,986    18,849    27,971
                                                 --------  --------  --------
                                                  127,623   118,944   109,244
Equity in pre-tax income (loss) of affiliated
 company........................................     (907)      124       --
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenues
  Tangible products (includes rent paid to a
   related party: $980 in 1994, $862 in 1993 and
   $478 in 1992)................................   85,089    79,443    66,791
  Services......................................   17,807    16,695    22,278
  Selling and administrative....................   22,668    20,232    17,492
                                                 --------  --------  --------
                                                  125,564   116,370   106,561
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Operating income................................    1,152     2,698     2,683
Other expense (income)
  Interest expense..............................    1,990     2,172     2,083
  Investment income.............................     (631)     (759)   (1,780)
  Gain on sale of business......................      --        --     (3,170)
  Other--net....................................     (122)    1,030       (33)
                                                 --------  --------  --------
                                                    1,237     2,443    (2,900)
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Income (loss) before taxes (benefit),
 extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
 change in accounting principle.................      (85)      255     5,583
Income taxes (benefit)..........................      (34)      101     2,233
                                                 --------  --------  --------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
 cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle......................................      (51)      154     3,350
Extraordinary item--loss on extinguishment of
 debt...........................................      --        --     (1,134)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
 income taxes...................................      --        200       --
                                                 --------  --------  --------
  Net income (loss)............................. $    (51) $    354  $  2,216
                                                 ========  ========  ========
Income (loss) per common share
Primary:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
   cumulative effect of change in accounting
   principle.................................... $   (.02) $    .02  $    .55
  Extraordinary item............................      --        --       (.19)
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting
   principle....................................      --        .03       --
                                                 --------  --------  --------
  Net income (loss)............................. $   (.02) $    .05  $    .36
                                                 ========  ========  ========
Fully diluted:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
   cumulative effect of change in accounting
   principle.................................... $   (.02) $    .02  $    .49
  Extraordinary item............................      --        --       (.16)
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting
   principle....................................      --        .03       --
                                                 --------  --------  --------
  Net income (loss)............................. $   (.02) $    .05  $    .33
                                                 ========  ========  ========
  Dividends per common share.................... $    .06  $    .06  $    .06
                                                 ========  ========  ========
Number of shares used to calculate earnings per
 share
  Primary.......................................    5,876     5,914     5,941
  Fully diluted.................................    5,876     5,914     7,263
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1993 AND 1992
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    CUMULATIVE
                                        COMMON   CAPITAL              FOREIGN   UNREALIZED
                           PREFERRED    STOCK,  IN EXCESS            CURRENCY    HOLDING       TOTAL
                             STOCK,      PAR     OF PAR   RETAINED  TRANSLATION    GAIN    STOCKHOLDERS'
                          PAR VALUE $1 VALUE $1   VALUE   EARNINGS  ADJUSTMENT    (LOSS)      EQUITY
                          ------------ -------- --------- --------  ----------- ---------- -------------
                                                          IN THOUSANDS
<S>                       <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
Balance at 12/31/91.....      $242      $5,870   $2,146   $25,545      $ --       $ --        $33,803
Net income..............       --          --       --      2,216        --         --          2,216
Cash dividends..........       --          --       --       (425)       --         --           (425)
Stock options exercised.       --            5        6       --         --         --             11
                              ----      ------   ------   -------      -----      -----       -------
Balance at 12/31/92.....       242       5,875    2,152    27,336        --         --         35,605
Net income..............       --          --       --        354        --         --            354
Cash dividends..........       --          --       --       (424)       --         --           (424)
Stock options exercised.       --            1        2       --         --         --              3
Translation adjustments.       --          --       --        --         (39)       --            (39)
                              ----      ------   ------   -------      -----      -----       -------
Balance at 12/31/93.....       242       5,876    2,154    27,266        (39)       --         35,499
Effect of change in
 accounting for
 available for-sale
 securities (net of
 tax)...................       --          --       --        --         --          57            57
Net income..............       --          --       --        (51)       --         --            (51)
Cash dividends..........       --          --       --       (425)       --         --           (425)
Stock options exercised.       --            2        3       --         --         --              5
Translation adjustments.       --          --       --        --         (17)       --            (17)
Change in market value
 of available-for-sale
 securities (net of
 tax)...................       --          --       --        --         --        (295)         (295)
                              ----      ------   ------   -------      -----      -----       -------
Balance at 12/31/94.....      $242      $5,878   $2,157   $26,790      $ (56)     $(238)      $34,773
                              ====      ======   ======   =======      =====      =====       =======
</TABLE>
 
For each of the three years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, dividends
paid on common stock were $.06 per share and on preferred stock were $.30 per
share. See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1993 AND 1992
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1994     1993      1992
                                                   -------  -------  --------
                                                         IN THOUSANDS
<S>                                                <C>      <C>      <C>
Operating activities
Net income (loss)................................. $   (51) $   354  $  2,216
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
 cash from operations
 Equity in after tax (income) loss of affiliated
  company.........................................     544      (81)      --
 Depreciation.....................................   3,740    3,473     3,187
 Amortization.....................................     847      791       549
 Extraordinary item (gross of tax benefit)........     --       --      1,719
 Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
  income taxes....................................     --      (200)      --
 Gain on sale of business.........................     --       --     (3,170)
 Net change in components of operating working
  capital
  Accounts receivable.............................  (1,869)  (4,165)    1,643
  Inventories.....................................  (3,114)   5,094      (457)
  Accounts payable................................     767   (2,453)    6,271
  Notes payable...................................   2,279   (1,026)      --
  Accrued liabilities.............................   1,576    2,296    (6,653)
  Income taxes....................................     163   (1,768)    1,410
                                                   -------  -------  --------
   Net increase from operating activities.........   4,882    2,315     6,715
                                                   -------  -------  --------
Investing activities
Business acquired.................................     --    (9,493)      --
Proceeds from sale of business....................     --       --      7,981
Net change in temporary investments...............   4,567   12,058    (6,745)
Expenditures for intangibles......................     (42)     --        --
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment....  (8,004)  (2,396)  (11,961)
Proceeds (expenditures) for other assets..........     370      (19)       89
                                                   -------  -------  --------
   Net increase (decrease) from investing
    activities....................................  (3,109)     150   (10,636)
                                                   -------  -------  --------
Financing activities
Principal payments for debt.......................  (1,892)  (6,612)   (5,185)
Proceeds from issuance of debt....................   1,675    4,111     9,012
Proceeds from issuance of stock...................       5        3        11
Dividends paid....................................    (425)    (424)     (425)
                                                   -------  -------  --------
   Net increase (decrease) from financing
    activities....................................    (637)  (2,922)    3,413
                                                   -------  -------  --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash...........     --        (9)      --
                                                   -------  -------  --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash...................   1,136     (466)     (508)
Cash at beginning of year.........................     460      926     1,434
                                                   -------  -------  --------
Cash at end of year............................... $ 1,596  $   460  $    926
                                                   =======  =======  ========
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.
Investments in which the Company has at least a 20% but not more than a 50%
interest are accounted for under the equity method.
 
  Earnings per Share: Primary earnings per common share are calculated by
dividing income available to common stock by the sum of the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding plus incremental shares deemed issued via
exercise of stock options. For primary earnings per share purpose, the number
of incremental shares are calculated using average market prices for common
stock during the period.
 
  For purposes of calculating fully diluted earnings per share, incremental
shares resulting from stock options are calculated using end of period market
prices, if higher than average prices. Also for fully diluted purposes, if
dilution results, the number of common shares issuable on conversion of
convertible debt and the after tax effect of interest expense on such debt are
added to the denominator and numerator, respectively, of the earnings per
share calculation.
 
  Intangibles: Intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods
up to 40 years. When events or changes in circumstance indicate that the
carrying amount of assets, including intangibles, may not be recoverable, the
Company assesses impairment, if any, of such carrying amounts by estimating
future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets. Where the sum
of the expected future net cash flows exceeds the carrying amount of the asset
no impairment is recognized.
 
  Property and Depreciation: Property, plant and equipment (including
capitalized leased equipment) are recorded at cost and depreciated on
straight-line or accelerated methods over estimated useful lives (which range
as follows: leasehold improvements--5 to 15 years, machinery and equipment--3
to 10 years).
 
  Income Recognition: The principal sources of revenues, for the Company's
advertising agency subsidiaries, are commissions and fees on gross media and
production costs. Revenue is generally recognized on media liability dates for
media and completion dates for production costs. In accordance with industry
practice, payroll costs are expensed as incurred.
 
  Revenues and expenses relating to producing business conferences were
generally recognized on presentation date.
 
  Sales of merchandise by the Company's subsidiary which is engaged in
supermarket promotions, are made subject to customers' rights to return unsold
items. Revenue is recognized by the Company when merchandise is shipped to
customers and a reserve is recorded for estimated future returns.
 
  Income Taxes: In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. Statement 109 requires a change from the deferred method of
accounting for income taxes of APB Opinion 11 to the asset and liability
method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method of
Statement 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using
enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Under
Statement 109, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change
in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment
date.
 
  Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement 109 and has
reported the cumulative effect of that change in the method of accounting for
income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  Pursuant to the deferred method under APB Opinion 11, which was applied in
1992 and prior years, deferred income taxes were recognized for income and
expense items that were reported in different years for financial reporting
purposes and income tax purposes using the tax rate applicable for the year of
the calculation. Under the deferred method, deferred taxes were not adjusted
for subsequent changes in tax rates.
 
  Foreign Currency Translation: Assets and liabilities of a foreign subsidiary
and a foreign joint venture are translated at current exchange rates as of the
balance sheet date. Income statement accounts are translated at weighted
average exchange rates during the year. Differences resulting from the
translation process are recorded in stockholders' equity as a currency
translation adjustment.
 
2. BUSINESS ACQUIRED
 
  In March 1993, the Company acquired the Excel Marketing Group of companies
for $9.5 million plus expenses. The Excel companies are engaged in marketing
dinnerware, flatware and other products in supermarket promotions and through
department stores and mass merchant outlets. The acquisition has been
accounted for as a purchase; and accordingly, the acquired assets and
liabilities have been recorded at their estimated fair values at date of
acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net
assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill, an intangible asset. The
goodwill will be amortized on the straight line basis over a period of 40
years. The results of the Excel companies are included in the Consolidated
Statements of Income from March 1, 1993.
 
  During 1994, the traditional dinnerware continuity promotions conducted with
supermarket chains suffered from a lack of consumer and retailer interest.
Fewer promotions were run and the merchandise sold at each promotion was, in
general, less than in previous years. In an attempt to revive supermarket
promotions, the Company started using licensed products for these programs.
The licensed products promotions were not successful. As a result of the lack
of interest in dinnerware programs and the failure of licensed products, the
Company's management decided to reduce the inventory of products sold via
supermarket promotions by disposing of them at discounted prices through
alternative channels of distribution. A charge of $2.5 million was recorded to
reduce these inventories to their net realizable values.
 
  The Excel Marketing Group owns a 50% interest in Excel Plus Ltd., a company
engaged in dinnerware and other product promotions in Europe. The Company
accounts for Excel Plus under the equity method and records its share of Excel
Plus' income or loss before taxes as a separate item in the Consolidated
Statements of Income. The Company's share of Excel Plus' income tax expense or
benefit is included in the consolidated provision for income taxes.
 
  Summarized financial information of Excel Plus is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994     1993
                                                                -------  ------
                                                                 IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                        <C>      <C>
     Current assets............................................ $ 6,418  $3,367
     Non current assets........................................      52      25
                                                                -------  ------
                                                                $ 6,470  $3,392
                                                                =======  ======
     Current liabilities....................................... $ 7,617  $3,163
     Non current liabilities...................................     --      --
     Equity....................................................  (1,147)    229
                                                                -------  ------
                                                                $ 6,470  $3,392
                                                                =======  ======
     Revenues.................................................. $ 6,713  $5,076
     Costs and expenses........................................   8,527   4,828
                                                                -------  ------
     Income (loss) before taxes................................  (1,814)    248
     Income taxes (benefit)....................................     (91)     86
                                                                -------  ------
     Net income (loss)......................................... $(1,723) $  162
                                                                =======  ======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Included in the operating results of Excel Plus for 1994 is a $1 million
charge to adjust inventory to its net realizable value and to record an
additional allowance for returns.
 
  Undistributed losses of Excel Plus which are included in consolidated
retained earnings are $574,000 at December 31, 1994. The Company has
guaranteed $2,073,600 of debt owed by Excel Plus, Ltd.
 
3. GAIN ON SALE OF BUSINESS
 
  In June 1992, the Company sold its business conferences subsidiary,
Caribiner, Inc., for approximately $8 million. A gain of $3,170,000 was
recognized as a result of the sale. Operating results for Caribiner, Inc. are
included in the Consolidated Statements of Income through June 30, 1992.
 
4. DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
 
  Borrowing Schedule, Long-Term:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1994    1993
                                                                 ------- -------
     <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
     7.16% Note due monthly through March 1998.................. $   913 $ 1,154
     7.75% Promissory Note due monthly through October 1999.....   2,287   2,572
     8.5% Promissory Note due monthly through May 1999..........     866   1,021
     10.29% Promissory Note due monthly through July 1999.......   1,113   1,294
     7.58% Note due monthly through April 2000..................   2,258   2,589
     8% Promissory Note due monthly through July 2000...........   1,583     --
     7.5% Promissory Note due monthly through July 2000.........   3,767   4,291
     8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due May 2002........   9,733   9,721
     Other debt.................................................     730     812
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                  23,250  23,454
     Less current portion.......................................   2,547   1,926
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                 $20,703 $21,528
                                                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
  Payments due on the debt for years after 1994 are, $2,547,000 in 1995,
$2,534,000 in 1996, $2,457,000 in 1997, $2,410,000 in 1998, $2,415,000 in 1999
and $10,887,000 thereafter.
 
  Extinguishment of Debt: During 1992 the Company retired its issue of 11.5%
Subordinated Debentures. The debentures were issued originally at 83.75% of
their $11,775,000 principal amount. This discount was being amortized over the
term of the debentures. The Company retired the debentures for consideration
equal to their principal amount resulting in a pretax loss of $1,719,000. The
loss, net of a $585,000 tax benefit, is included in the Consolidated
Statements of Income as an extraordinary item.
 
  Conversion: In connection with the 1992 retirement of the 11.5% Subordinated
Debentures, the Company issued $9,828,000 in principal amount of 8%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures. The debentures are convertible at any
time into the Company's common stock, par value $1, at a conversion price of
$4.25 per share. The Company can redeem the debentures for their principal
amount at any time after June 1998 and can redeem them after June 1996 and
before June 1998 provided the common stock is trading at a price in excess of
150% of the conversion price.
 
  Notes Payable and Lines of Credit: The Excel Marketing Group has lines of
credit providing a maximum of $16.8 million for working capital and foreign
exchange purposes. At December 31, 1994, $9,180,000 was
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
outstanding under these lines at a weighted average interest rate of 5.2%. The
Excel Group violated certain covenants contained in the lines of credit
agreements. Waivers of these violations were obtained from the lending
institution.
 
  Collateral: As collateral for some of the above debt, the Company has
pledged assets with a net book value of $25,666,000 at December 31, 1994.
 
  Covenants: The borrowing agreements require maintenance of certain
subsidiary earnings and capital requirements and impose restrictions regarding
payments of dividends and other distributions to common shareholders and
purchases of treasury stock. At December 31, 1994, $7,438,000 of retained
earnings was available for these purposes.
 
5. WRITE-DOWN OF INVESTMENT AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  In 1993, the Company invested $1.0 million as the initial equity capital of
November Records, Inc., a corporation organized to produce and distribute
recorded music. As a result of the exigencies encountered in starting this
business, November used the capital invested by the Company in 1993 and sought
additional capital. Because of the risk associated with this further
investment, the Company decided against making an additional capital
contribution to November. The Company's Chief Executive Officer agreed to
invest $500,000 in November. Other investors agreed to invest an additional
$500,000. Following these additional capital contributions the Company's
ownership in November was reduced to 40%. Since the Company's controlling
ownership of November was temporary, its detailed operating accounts have not
been included in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Rather, the write-off
of the Company's investment is included as other expense in 1993.
 
  The Company's printing subsidiary leases facilities from a partnership in
which three members of the Company's Board of Directors own an aggregate
interest of 33%. The Excel Marketing Group leases facilities from a
partnership in which a member of the Company's Board of Directors owns a 14%
interest. Rent paid to these partnerships for the three years ended December
31, 1994, 1993 and 1992 was $980,000, $862,000 and $478,000, respectively.
 
  In connection with the acquisition of the Excel Marketing Group in March
1993, the Company paid $2.6 million to an individual who became a member of
the Company's Board of Directors following the purchase. The payment was made
in exchange for the individual's ownership interest in the Excel Group. In
addition, the Company paid $2.5 million to the individual's brother-in-law and
$100,000 to the individual's mother, each of whom was also an owner of the
Excel Group.
 
  At the time of its acquisition the Excel Marketing Group owed money to the
individual's mother. This obligation was evidenced by a note payable. The
balance owing on this note at December 31, 1994 was $587,500. Interest on the
note is the prime rate plus 1% and amounted to $36,300 and $48,300 for the
years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994.
 
6. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
  Supplemental information regarding cash flows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1994   1993   1992
                                                           ------ ------ ------
                                                               IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                   <C>    <C>    <C>
     Cash paid during the year for
       Interest........................................... $2,008 $2,141 $1,944
       Income taxes....................................... $  600 $1,083 $  237
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  Noncash Investing and Financing Activities: During 1992, the Company
exchanged equipment with a value of $1,435,000 as partial payment for
replacement equipment.
 
  During 1992, the Company issued $9,828,000 of 8% Convertible Subordinated
Debentures in exchange for $9,828,000 in principal amount of 11.5%
Subordinated Debentures, which were retired.
 
7. TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT INCOME
 
  Temporary investments consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1993
                                                                ------  -------
                                                                 IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                        <C>     <C>
     Money market deposits..................................... $3,560  $ 8,169
     Certificates of deposit...................................  1,095    1,053
     Bond funds................................................  3,500    3,500
     Unrealized losses.........................................   (396)     --
                                                                ------  -------
                                                                $7,759  $12,722
                                                                ======  =======
</TABLE>
 
  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities ("SFAS 115"), was issued in May 1993
and was applicable to the Company as of January 1, 1994. SFAS 115 requires
that certain investments be classified as either held-to-maturity, trading or
available-for-sale. Held-to-maturity investments are accounted for at
amortized cost. Trading and available-for-sale securities are accounted for at
market value. Changes in market values for trading securities are reported in
the income statement. Changes in market values for available-for-sale
securities are reported, net of tax, as unrealized holding gains or losses in
the Statement of Stockholders' Equity.
 
  Included in temporary investments at December 31, 1994 and 1993 are
investments classified as available-for-sale securities. The unrealized net of
tax gain on such investments as of January 1, 1994 is reported in the
Statement of Stockholders' Equity as the effect of a change in accounting for
available-for-sale securities.
 
  Prior to January 1, 1994 the Company accounted for available-for-sale
securities at the lower of cost or market. During the year ended December 31,
1992 the carrying value of these securities was reduced to market value
Investment income consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994 1993  1992
                                                               ---- ---- ------
                                                                 IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                       <C>  <C>  <C>
     Interest................................................. $629 $721 $  824
     Dividends................................................    2    3      1
     Gain on sales and adjustments to carrying values of
      temporary investments, net..............................  --    35    955
                                                               ---- ---- ------
                                                               $631 $759 $1,780
                                                               ==== ==== ======
</TABLE>
 
8. INTANGIBLES AND PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Intangibles: Intangibles are valued at cost and consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1994     1993
                                                             -------  -------
                                                              IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                     <C>      <C>
     Costs in excess of net tangible assets of businesses
      acquired.............................................. $15,746  $15,703
     Accumulated amortization...............................  (4,594)  (3,759)
                                                             -------  -------
                                                             $11,152  $11,944
                                                             =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment is valued at
cost and consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994      1993
                                                             --------  --------
                                                               IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                     <C>       <C>
     Leasehold improvements................................. $  3,497  $  3,006
     Machinery and equipment................................   42,337    34,847
                                                             --------  --------
                                                               45,834    37,853
     Accumulated depreciation...............................  (19,154)  (15,432)
                                                             --------  --------
                                                             $ 26,680  $ 22,421
                                                             ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
9. COMMITMENTS
 
  Leases: The Company leases certain property, plant and equipment under long
term leases. Some of the leases include renewal options, escalation clauses
and purchase options. Rent expenses charged to operations during the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992 were $3,188,000, $3,148,000 and
$3,954,000, respectively.
 
  Approximate minimum annual rental commitments under all noncancelable
uncapitalized leases for years ended after 1994 are $3,110,000 in 1995,
$3,197,000 in 1996, $3,194,000 in 1997, $2,079,000 in 1998, $956,000 in 1999
and $2,038,000 thereafter.
 
  Capital expenditures: At December 31, 1994, the Company had commitments to
acquire approximately $1.7 million of property, plant and equipment.
 
10. RETIREMENT PLANS
 
  The Company maintains profit-sharing plans covering most employees. The
costs under these plans were $669,000 in 1994, $697,000 in 1993 and $618,000
in 1992. The Company's policy is to fund the costs accrued.
 
  The Company contributes to multi-employer defined benefit retirement plans
as required under contracts with collective bargaining units representing
certain employees of the Company's printing business. The costs, representing
the required contributions under these plans, were $367,000 in 1994, $329,000
in 1993 and $254,000 in 1992. The Company's policy is to fund the retirement
costs accrued.
 
11. INVENTORIES
 
  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market,
and consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1994    1993
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                  IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
     Finished goods............................................. $ 8,761 $ 8,751
     Work-in-process............................................   7,166   4,970
     Materials..................................................   4,118   3,210
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                 $20,045 $16,931
                                                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
12. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
  Accounts payable consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1994    1993
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                  IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
     Trade...................................................... $13,342 $12,566
     Due to banks...............................................   2,952   2,683
     Other......................................................     185     463
                                                                 ------- -------
                                                                 $16,479 $15,712
                                                                 ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1993
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                 IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                        <C>     <C>
     Unearned income........................................... $ 3,803 $ 3,954
     Compensation and employee benefits........................   4,876   3,348
     Trade.....................................................   2,549   2,180
     Other.....................................................   1,994   2,350
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $13,222 $11,832
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
13. INCOME TAXES
 
  As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted Statement 109 as of January 1,
1993. The cumulative effect of this change in accounting for income taxes of
$200,000 is determined as of January 1, 1993 and is reported separately in the
Consolidated Statements of Income. Pretax income from continuing operations for
the year ended December 31, 1993 was not affected as a result of applying
Statement 109.
 
  Income (loss) before taxes consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1994    1993   1992
                                                           -------  ----  ------
                                                              IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                   <C>      <C>   <C>
     Domestic............................................. $ 1,151  $329  $5,583
     Foreign..............................................  (1,236)  (74)    --
                                                           -------  ----  ------
                                                           $   (85) $255  $5,583
                                                           =======  ====  ======
</TABLE>
 
  The provision for income taxes (benefit) includes the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1994   1993   1992
                                                             -----  ----  ------
                                                               IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                     <C>    <C>   <C>
     Currently payable
     Federal................................................ $ 768  $--   $1,583
     State and local........................................    45    65     180
     Foreign................................................   --     43     --
                                                             -----  ----  ------
                                                               813   108   1,763
     Deferred
     Federal................................................  (702)  115     360
     State and local........................................  (145)  (37)    110
     Foreign................................................   --    (85)    --
                                                             -----  ----  ------
                                                              (847)   (7)    470
                                                             -----  ----  ------
                                                             $ (34) $101  $2,233
                                                             =====  ====  ======
</TABLE>
 
  The components of deferred income taxes (benefit) for 1994 and 1993 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994    1993
                                                                ------  ------
                                                                IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                        <C>     <C>
     Deferred tax expenses (benefits)
      (exclusive of the benefit of net operating loss)......... $ (847) $  549
     Benefit of net operating loss.............................    --     (556)
                                                                ------  ------
                                                                $ (847) $  ( 7)
                                                                ======  ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The components of deferred income taxes (benefit) for 1992 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1992
                                                                    ------------
                                                                    IN THOUSANDS
     <S>                                                            <C>
     Difference in basis of assets sold...........................    $(1,903)
     Reinstatement of deferred income taxes previously adjusted as
      a result of net operating losses............................      2,135
     Depreciation.................................................        238
                                                                      -------
                                                                      $   470
                                                                      =======
</TABLE>
 
  The following is a reconciliation of the applicable statutory federal income
tax rate to the effective rates reported in the financial statements:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1994          1993          1992
                                       ------------- ------------- -------------
                                               % OF
                                              PRETAX         % OF          % OF
                                       AMOUNT INCOME AMOUNT INCOME AMOUNT INCOME
                                       ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
                                                 DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS
   <S>                                 <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
   Tax at statutory rate.............   $(29) (34)%   $ 87   34 %  $1,898  34%
   State and local tax net of federal
    benefit (expense)................    (68) (79)%     18    7 %     191   4%
   Amortization of intangibles.......     77   89 %     44   18 %      68   1%
   Nondeductible (deductible)
    expenses.........................    (14) (16)%    (34) (13)%      76   1%
   Foreign tax.......................    --     --     (14)  (6)%     --   --
                                        ----  -----   ----  -----  ------  ---
                                        $(34) (40)%   $101   40 %  $2,233  40%
                                        ====  =====   ====  =====  ======  ===
</TABLE>
 
  The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to
significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at
December 31, 1994 and 1993 are presented below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994     1993
                                                              -------  -------
                                                               IN THOUSANDS
   <S>                                                        <C>      <C>
   Deferred tax assets
   Allowance for doubtful accounts........................... $   185  $   164
   Net operating loss carryforwards..........................     --       556
   Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards..............     859      373
   Basis of investment.......................................     745      331
   Basis of inventory........................................   1,001      --
   Accrued expenses..........................................     --        55
   Other.....................................................      36       50
                                                              -------  -------
     Total gross deferred tax assets.........................   2,826    1,529
     Less valuation allowance................................     --       --
                                                              -------  -------
     Net deferred tax assets.................................   2,826    1,529
   Deferred tax liabilities
     Accumulated depreciation................................  (3,600)  (2,748)
     Change in accounting....................................    (164)     --
     Other...................................................     --        (1)
                                                              -------  -------
       Total gross deferred tax liabilities..................  (3,764)  (2,749)
                                                              -------  -------
       Net deferred tax liabilities.......................... $  (938) $(1,220)
                                                              =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  The Company has alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of
approximately $859,000 which are available to reduce future federal income
taxes over an indefinite period.
 
  Included in other income for the year ended December 31, 1992 is $491,000
representing interest on tax refunds.
 
14. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
  Options: The Board of Directors of the Company has granted stock options to
certain employees pursuant to the 1981 Incentive Stock Option Plan and the
1992 Stock Option Plan. Pursuant to its term, as of April 1992, options may no
longer be granted under the 1981 Incentive Stock Option Plan. Options
previously granted under the 1981 plan remain viable. Under the 1992 Stock
Option Plan, options for up to 400,000 shares may be granted. Options
generally become exercisable over a three year period following the date of
grant. The option price is the fair market value of the stock on the date of
grant.
 
  Options have been granted to non-employee members of the Company's Board of
Directors pursuant to the 1993 Outside Directors Stock Option Plan. Under this
plan, options for up to 100,000 shares may be granted. The option price is the
fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Options are exercisable
upon grant.
 
  Changes in options during the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, were
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        NO. OF    OPTION PRICE
                                                        SHARES     PER SHARE
                                                        -------  --------------
   <S>                                                  <C>      <C>
   Outstanding at December 31, 1992.................... 434,150  $2.25 --$5.875
   Exercised...........................................  (1,333) $2.65
   Canceled............................................ (21,667) $2.25 --$4.875
   Granted............................................. 228,500  $2.75 --$3.313
                                                        -------
   Outstanding at December 31, 1993.................... 639,650  $2.25 --$5.875
   Exercised...........................................  (2,000) $2.625
   Canceled............................................  (7,000) $2.265--$4.750
   Granted.............................................  15,000  $3.31
                                                        -------
   Outstanding at December 31, 1994.................... 645,650  $2.25 --$5.875
                                                        =======
</TABLE>
 
  At December 31, 1994, options on 527,314 shares were exercisable and shares
reserved for future option grants amounted to 254,500.
 
  Preferred Stock, par value $1: The preferred stock is entitled to a
cumulative annual dividend of $.30 per share, may be redeemed at the option of
the Company for $7.50 per share and is entitled to one-tenth of a vote per
share at all stockholder meetings. Each share has a minimum liquidation
preference of $3.00 and will participate with the common stock up to a maximum
liquidation payment of $7.50.
 
                                     F-21
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
15. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
  Information regarding the Company's operations in different industries as of
December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992 and for the years then ended, is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    PRETAX   IDENTI-               DEPRECIATION
                                    INCOME    FIABLE    CAPITAL         &
                           REVENUES (LOSS)    ASSETS  EXPENDITURES AMORTIZATION
                           -------- -------  -------- ------------ ------------
                                              IN THOUSANDS
<S>                        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>
1994
 Advertising and
  promotion............... $ 46,431 $  (876) $ 34,343   $   536       $1,272
 Printing.................   81,192   5,270    58,788     7,450        3,286
                           -------- -------  --------   -------       ------
                            127,623   4,394    93,131     7,986        4,558
 Unallocated amounts......           (2,489)    7,325        18           29
 Interest expense.........           (1,990)
                           -------- -------  --------   -------       ------
                           $127,623 $   (85) $100,456   $ 8,004       $4,587
                           ======== =======  ========   =======       ======
1993
 Advertising and
  promotion............... $ 38,366 $   613  $ 35,190   $   716       $1,195
 Printing.................   80,578   3,962    50,239     1,671        3,042
                           -------- -------  --------   -------       ------
                            118,944   4,575    85,429     2,387        4,237
 Unallocated amounts......           (2,148)   11,813         7           27
 Interest expense.........           (2,172)
                           -------- -------  --------   -------       ------
                           $118,944 $   255  $ 97,242   $ 2,394       $4,264
                           ======== =======  ========   =======       ======
1992
 Advertising and
  promotion............... $ 27,971 $ 1,065  $ 14,860   $   587       $1,147
 Printing.................   81,273   3,822    49,662    11,374        2,447
                           -------- -------  --------   -------       ------
                            109,244   4,887    64,522    11,961        3,594
 Unallocated amounts......            2,779    24,109
 Interest expense.........           (2,083)                             142
                           -------- -------  --------   -------       ------
                           $109,244 $ 5,583  $ 88,631   $11,961       $3,736
                           ======== =======  ========   =======       ======
</TABLE>
 
  Information regarding the Company's foreign and domestic operations is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PRETAX
                                                            INCOME  IDENTIFIABLE
     1994                                          REVENUES (LOSS)     ASSETS
     ----                                          -------- ------  ------------
     <S>                                           <C>      <C>     <C>
     United States................................ $126,991 $1,151    $100,724
     Canada.......................................      632   (329)        306
     United Kingdom (equity in affiliated co.)....      --    (907)       (574)
                                                   -------- ------    --------
                                                   $127,623 $  (85)   $100,456
                                                   ======== ======    ========
<CAPTION>
                                                            PRETAX  IDENTIFIABLE
     1993                                          REVENUES INCOME     ASSETS
     ----                                          -------- ------  ------------
     <S>                                           <C>      <C>     <C>
     United States................................ $118,376 $  329    $ 96,655
     Canada.......................................      568   (198)        472
     United Kingdom (equity in affiliated co.)....      --     124         115
                                                   -------- ------    --------
                                                   $118,944 $  255    $ 97,242
                                                   ======== ======    ========
</TABLE>
 
  During 1992 the Company's operations were confined to the United States.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
16. DISCLOSURE CONCERNING FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  The Company does not have any concentrations of credit risk arising from
financial instruments. The Company has guaranteed $350,000 of debt owed by
Southeast Publishing Ventures, Inc. ("SPV"). The Company has a minority
ownership interest in SPV. The Company has guaranteed $2,073,600 of debt owed
by Excel Plus, Ltd. If either SPV or Excel Plus, Ltd. fail to make payments on
their debt the Company would be required to pay the guaranteed amount.
 
  The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments at December
31, 1994, and 1993 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1994             1993
                                              ---------------- ----------------
                                              CARRYING  FAIR   CARRYING  FAIR
                                               AMOUNT   VALUE   AMOUNT   VALUE
                                              -------- ------- -------- -------
                                                        IN THOUSANDS
   <S>                                        <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
   Assets
    Temporary investments.................... $ 7,759  $ 7,759 $12,722  $12,818
    Long-term investments included in other
     assets.................................. $   410  $   410 $   916  $   956
   Liabilities
    Notes payable............................ $ 9,180  $ 9,180 $ 6,901  $ 6,901
    Long-term debt for which it is
     practicable to estimate fair value...... $13,516  $12,632 $13,733  $13,575
    Not practicable.......................... $ 9,734  $   --  $ 9,721  $   --
</TABLE>
 
  Fair values of temporary and long term investments were determined based
upon quoted market prices where available or on management's best estimate. In
general, management's best estimates are based on estimated future cash flows
discounted, where appropriate, at rates commensurate with the risks involved.
 
  Fair value of long-term debt was estimated by discounting the debt repayment
streams at rates currently offered by lending institutions. This method of
estimating fair value is not applicable to the 8% Convertible Subordinated
Debentures because it does not consider the value associated with the
conversion privilege. Quoted market prices for the debentures were not
available so it was not practicable to estimate fair value.
 
  Unless noted otherwise, carrying amount is the same as the amount reported
in the balance sheet.
 
  All financial instruments are held for purposes other than trading.
 
17. OFFER TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
 
  On November 1, 1994 the Company announced that James C. Marlas, the
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, proposed to
acquire, through a merger transaction, all the shares of the Company's Common
Stock not owned by Mr. Marlas for a cash purchase price of $3.25 per share.
 
  Mr. Marlas beneficially owns approximately 48% of Mickelberry's outstanding
Common Stock, not including shares issuable upon conversion of debentures
owned by him. The Company's Board of Directors appointed a special committee
to evaluate Mr. Marlas' proposal.
 
  As a result of the Company's announcement of Mr. Marlas' proposal, on
November 8, 1994 a class action complaint was filed, in the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County against the Company and
certain of its officers and directors. The lawsuit seeks an injunction barring
Mr. Marlas from acquiring the shares of the Company's Common Stock pursuant to
his proposal. If, however, the proposed
 
                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONCLUDED)
transaction is consummated the lawsuit seeks rescission and damages as well as
an accounting for profits and reimbursement of expenses. The parties have
reached an agreement in principle to settle this lawsuit, which agreement is
subject to court approval. If court approval is not granted it is not possible
to estimate the liability, if any, which the Company may incur as a result of
this lawsuit. In any event, management does not expect that this lawsuit will
have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.
 
  The proposal was subject to a number of conditions, including the execution
of a mutually satisfactory definitive merger agreement, a satisfactory
agreement reached with institutional investors holding the Company's
Convertible Subordinated Debentures regarding the early retirement of these
securities, the receipt of all necessary consents and governmental approvals
and the receipt of financing.
 
  The Company's special committee of Directors evaluated Mr. Marlas's proposal
(including an increase of the cash purchase price from $3.25 per share to
$4.25 per share) and on March 21, 1995 recommended that the Company enter into
the merger transaction and the Board of Directors approved the Agreement and
Plan of Merger on March 21, 1995 (including the payment of the same
consideration to the holders of the Company's Preferred Stock).
 
  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan
of Merger is subject to a number of conditions, including (a) the approval of
the Agreement by the affirmative vote of at least (1) the holders of a
majority of the shares outstanding or (2) 66 2/3% of the votes cast by the
holders of the shares voting at a special meeting, whichever is greater, (b) a
satisfactory agreement reached with institutional investors holding the
Company's Convertible Subordinated Debentures regarding the early retirement
of these securities, (c) the receipt of all necessary consents and
governmental approvals, (d) the holders of not more than 5% of the outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall have exercised their
appraisal rights in the Merger, and (e) the receipt of third-party financing.
 
                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
                              EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1994
 
               TOGETHER WITH THE DIRECTORS' AND AUDITORS' REPORT
 
                          REGISTERED NUMBER: 2682392
 
DIRECTORS' REPORT--FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER, 1994
 
  The directors present their report on the affairs of the company together
with the accounts and auditors' report for the year ended 31 December 1994.
 
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND BUSINESS REVIEW
 
  The principal activity of the company continues to be the supply of goods
for continuity promotions, in particular for the food retail sector.
 
  The results for the year are disappointing. The directors have put in place
immediate remedial action and expect the company's performance to improve
significantly in 1995.
 
RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
 
  Turnover for the year amounts to (Pounds)4,362,655 (1993, eleven months--
(Pounds)3,431,411) and loss for the year was (Pounds)548,612 (1993, eleven
months--profit (Pounds)109,291). The directors do not propose to declare a
dividend (1993--(Pounds)nil).
 
FIXED ASSETS
 
  The movements in tangible fixed assets are set out in Note 7 to the
accounts.
 
DIRECTORS AND THEIR INTERESTS
 
  The directors of the company who served during the year were:
 
  N.F. Cope
  R. Sperling (USA)
  J. Saslow (USA)
  T.E. McCarthy
  P.I. Jones
 
  On 2 March 1995 R. Sperling resigned from the Board of Directors. On 18 May
1995 P.I. Jones resigned from and P.D. Trucman was appointed to the Board of
Directors. On 22 May 1995 I.C. Cummings was appointed to the Board of
Directors.
 
  Except in respect of N.F. Cope, none of the directors had a beneficial
interest in the shares of the company during the year. N.F. Cope had an option
to subscribe for 5,000 "C' ordinary shares of (Pounds)1 each at par.
Subsequent to the year end on 9 May 1995 N.F. Cope waived this option.
 
SHARE CAPITAL AND SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
  The called up share capital of the company was divided equally between "A'
ordinary shares and "B' ordinary shares. On 22 May 1995 the company issued 1
"C' ordinary share of (Pounds)1 to the holder of the "A' ordinary shares at a
premium of (Pounds)499,999 for cash consideration. On the same day the holder
of the "B' ordinary shares, Product Plus (London) Limited, acquired all the
issued "A' and "C' ordinary shares and consequently the company became a
wholly owned subsidiary undertaking of Product Plus (London) Limited. On 22
May 1995 the company adopted new Articles of Association.
 
 
                                     F-25
<PAGE>
 
                              EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                       FINANCIAL STATEMENT--(CONCLUDED)
  The company has also changed its accounting reference date to 23 May.
 
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES
 
  Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each
financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the
company and of the profit or loss of the company for that period. In preparing
those financial statements, the directors are required to:
 
  .select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
 
  .make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
 
  .state whether applicable accounting standards have been followed;
 
  .  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is
     inappropriate to presume that the company will continue in business.
 
  The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records which
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the
company and to enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with
the Companies Act 1985. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets
of the company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and
detection of fraud and other irregularities.
 
CHARITABLE DONATIONS
 
  The company made charitable donations of (Pounds)3,190 (1993--(Pounds)nil)
during the year.
 
AUDITORS
 
  The directors will place a resolution before the Annual General Meeting to
reappoint Arthur Andersen as auditors for the ensuing period.
 
                                          By Order of the Board
 
                                          D.R. WOOLLEY
                                          Secretary
 
239 Old Marylebone Road
London
NW1 5QT
16 June 1995
 
                                     F-26
<PAGE>
 
                               AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the members of Excel Plus Limited.
 
  We have audited the financial statements on pages 5 to 15 which have been
prepared under the historical cost convention and the accounting policies set
out on pages 8 and 9.
 
RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS
 
  As described on page 3 the company's directors are responsible for the
preparation of the financial statements. It is our responsibility to form an
independent opinion, based on our audit, on those statements and to report our
opinion to you.
 
BASIS OF OPINION
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by the
Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements
made by the directors in the preparation of the financial statements and of
whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the company's
circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed.
 
  We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.
 
  In forming our opinion, we have considered the adequacy of the company's
provisions for inventory returns, and the net realisable value of inventory
held at year end. The provision made by management against inventory has been
based on anticipated sales contracts for 1995 and expected levels of returns.
The future recoverability of inventory balances is contingent on the continued
success of this business which is still in its developmental stage, and
management's judgements in respect of 1995 proving correct. Our opinion is not
qualified in this respect.
 
  Without qualifying our opinion, we draw your attention to Note 14(c) which
sets out the consideration given by the directors to the net liability
position of the company.
 
OPINION
 
  In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the
company's state of affairs at 31 December 1994 and of its loss and cash flows
for the year then ended and have been properly prepared in accordance with the
Companies Act 1985.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen
                                          Chartered Accountants and Registered
                                           Auditors
 
16 June 1995
1 Surrey Street
London WC2R 2PS
 
                                     F-27
<PAGE>
 
                               EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                            PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      12 MONTHS TO 11 MONTHS TO
                                                      31 DECEMBER  31 DECEMBER
                                                          1994         1993
                                                NOTE  ------------ ------------
                                                        (Pounds)     (Pounds)
<S>                                            <C>    <C>          <C>
Turnover...................................... 1(b),2   4,362,655    3,431,411
Cost of sales.................................         (3,295,487)  (2,208,319)
                                                       ----------   ----------
Gross profit..................................          1,067,168    1,223,092
Administrative expenses.......................         (1,561,589)  (1,037,906)
                                                       ----------   ----------
Operating (loss)/profit.......................           (494,421)     185,186
Net interest payable..........................      5    (113,039)     (17,047)
                                                       ----------   ----------
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before
 taxation.....................................      3    (607,460)     168,139
Taxation......................................      6      58,848      (58,848)
                                                       ----------   ----------
Retained (loss)/profit for the period.........     12    (548,612)     109,291
                                                       ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
  This profit and loss account includes all recognised gains and losses arising
during the year and represents continuing operations.
 
  A statement of the movement in reserves is given in Note 12.
 
 
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of this profit and loss account.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
 
                               EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
                             AS AT 31 DECEMBER 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1994        1993
                                                    NOTE ----------  ----------
                                                          (Pounds)    (Pounds)
<S>                                                 <C>  <C>         <C>
Fixed Assets
Tangible assets....................................   7      32,838      16,725
Current assets
Stock..............................................       2,659,024   1,357,957
Debtors............................................   8   1,130,933     917,766
Cash at bank and in hand...........................         709,208     179,559
                                                         ----------  ----------
                                                          4,499,165   2,455,282
Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year.....   9  (4,926,324) (2,317,716)
Net current (liabilities)/assets...................        (427,159)    137,566
                                                         ----------  ----------
Net (liabilities)/assets...........................        (394,321)    154,291
                                                         ==========  ==========
Capital and Reserves
Share Capital......................................  10      45,000      45,000
Reserves...........................................  12    (439,321)    109,291
                                                         ----------  ----------
Total capital employed.............................        (394,321)    154,291
                                                         ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
  Signed on Behalf of the Board on 16 June 1995.
 
                                          T.E. McCarthy
                                          Director
 
 
       The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
 
                               EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                              CASH FLOW STATEMENT
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER, 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       12 MONTHS TO 11 MONTHS TO
                                                       31 DECEMBER  31 DECEMBER
                                                           1994         1993
                                               NOTE    ------------ ------------
                                                         (POUNDS)     (POUNDS)
<S>                                            <C>     <C>          <C>
Net cash outflow from operating activities....  13(a)    (776,852)    (428,156)
Returns from investments and servicing of fi-
 nance........................................
Interest received.............................              9,045        1,486
Interest paid.................................           (122,084)     (18,533)
                                                         --------     --------
Net cash outflow from returns on investments
 and servicing of finance.....................           (113,039)     (17,047)
                                                         --------     --------
Taxation......................................
UK corporation tax paid.......................            (58,848)         --
                                                         --------     --------
Investing activities..........................
Purchase of tangible fixed assets.............            (22,266)     (21,062)
                                                         --------     --------
Net cash outflow before financing.............           (971,005)    (466,265)
Issue of ordinary shares......................                --        44,998
                                                         --------     --------
Net cash inflow from financing................                --        44,998
                                                         --------     --------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents.........  13(b)    (971,005)    (421,267)
                                                         ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this cash flow statement
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
 
                              EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                             NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
 
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1994
 
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  A summary of the principal accounting policies, all of which have been
applied consistently throughout the year, and the preceding period, is set out
below:
 
 a) Basis of accounting
 
  The accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention in
accordance with UK applicable accounting standards and on a going concern
basis.
 
 b) Turnover
 
  Turnover, which excludes VAT, represents the invoiced value of goods and
services supplied in the normal course of business less provision for actual
and anticipated returns.
 
 c) Stocks
 
  Stocks comprise goods for resale and are stated at the lower of cost and net
realisable value. Cost is determined on a first in, first out basis and
includes transport and handling costs. Net realisable value is the price at
which stocks can be sold in the normal course of business after allowing for
the costs of realisation and, where appropriate, the cost of conversion from
their existing state to a finished condition. Provision is made, where
necessary, for obsolete, slow moving and defective stock.
 
 d) Tangible fixed assets
 
  Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
 
  Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost of tangible fixed
assets on a straight line basis over the expected useful economic lives of the
assets concerned. The principal annual rates used for this purpose are:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                       <C>
   Computer equipment....................................................... 25%
   Fixtures and fittings.................................................... 15%
</TABLE>
 
 e) Foreign currencies
 
  Trading transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into
sterling at the exchange rate ruling at the time of the transaction being
effected. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies
are translated into sterling at the exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet
date. Exchange gains or losses are included in the operating profit.
 
 f) Taxation
 
  Corporation tax is provided on taxable profits at the current rate. Deferred
taxation (which arises from differences in the timing of the recognition of
items, principally depreciation, in the accounts and by the tax authorities)
has been calculated using the liability method. Deferred tax is provided on
timing differences which will probably reverse at the rates of tax likely to
be in force at the time of reversal. Deferred tax is not provided on timing
differences which, in the opinion of the directors, will probably not reverse.
 
2. TURNOVER
 
  All turnover and profits on ordinary activities arise from countries within
the European Community.
 
                                     F-31
<PAGE>
 
                               EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
3. (LOSS)/PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION
 
  (Loss)/Profit on ordinary activities before taxation is stated after
charging:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       12 MONTHS TO 11 MONTHS TO
                                                       31 DECEMBER  31 DECEMBER
                                                           1994         1993
                                                       ------------ ------------
                                                         (Pounds)     (Pounds)
   <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
   Auditors' remuneration
     --audit fees.....................................    18,000       12,000
     --other services.................................     8,000          --
   Depreciation.......................................     6,153        4,337
   Staff costs (see note 4)...........................   351,776      179,123
                                                         =======      =======
</TABLE>
 
4. STAFF COSTS
 
  a) The average number of persons employed by the company (including the
executive director), during the year was 11 (1993-6).
 
  b) Employment costs of all employees included above:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       12 MONTHS TO 11 MONTHS TO
                                                       31 DECEMBER  31 DECEMBER
                                                           1994         1993
                                                       ------------ ------------
                                                         (Pounds)     (Pounds)
   <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
   Wages and salaries.................................   323,971      164,155
   Social Security costs..............................    27,805       14,968
                                                         -------      -------
                                                         351,776      179,123
                                                         =======      =======
</TABLE>
 
  c) Directors
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        12 MONTHS TO 11 MONTHS TO
                                                        31 DECEMBER  31 DECEMBER
                                                            1994         1993
                                                        ------------ ------------
                                                          (Pounds)     (Pounds)
   <S>                                                  <C>          <C>
   Highest paid director...............................    49,100       89,141
                                                           ======       ======
<CAPTION>
   Emoluments of the other directors are as follows:       NUMBER       NUMBER
   <S>                                                  <C>          <C>
     (Pounds)Nil--5,000................................         4            6
                                                           ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
5. NET INTEREST PAYABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       12 MONTHS TO 11 MONTHS TO
                                                       31 DECEMBER  31 DECEMBER
                                                           1994         1993
                                                       ------------ ------------
                                                         (Pounds)     (Pounds)
   <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
   On Bank overdraft repayable within 5 years.........   (122,084)    (18,533)
   Bank interest receivable...........................      9,045       1,486
                                                         --------     -------
                                                         (113,039)    (17,047)
                                                         ========     =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
 
                               EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                       NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
6. TAXATION
 
  The tax credit/(charge) is based on the (loss)/profit on ordinary activities
for the year and comprises:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       12 MONTHS TO 11 MONTHS TO
                                                       31 DECEMBER  31 DECEMBER
                                                           1994         1993
                                                       ------------ ------------
                                                         (Pounds)     (Pounds)
   <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
   Corporation tax at 33%.............................       --       (58,848)
   Prior year tax recoverable.........................    58,848          --
                                                          ------      -------
                                                          58,848      (58,848)
                                                          ======      =======
</TABLE>
 
7. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FIXTURES,
                                                                    FITTINGS AND
                                                                     EQUIPMENT
                                                                    ------------
                                                                      (Pounds)
   <S>                                                              <C>
   Cost
     As at 1 January 1994..........................................    21,062
     Additions.....................................................    22,266
                                                                       ------
     As at 31 December 1994........................................    43,328
                                                                       ------
   Depreciation
     As at 1 January 1994..........................................     4,337
     Charge for the year...........................................     6,153
                                                                       ------
     As at 31 December 1994........................................    10,490
                                                                       ------
   Net Book Value
     As at 1 January 1994..........................................    16,725
                                                                       ======
     As at 31 December 1994........................................    32,838
                                                                       ======
</TABLE>
 
8. DEBTORS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1994      1993
                                                              --------- --------
                                                              (Pounds)  (Pounds)
   <S>                                                        <C>       <C>
   Trade debtors.............................................   893,145 482,227
   Amounts due from shareholders.............................       --  116,574
   Corporation tax recoverable...............................    58,848     --
   VAT recoverable...........................................   129,126 153,721
   Other debtors.............................................    16,954 112,566
   Prepayments and accrued income............................    32,860  52,678
                                                              --------- -------
                                                              1,130,933 917,766
                                                              ========= =======
</TABLE>
 
  All amounts due, fall for payment within one year.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
 
                              EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                      NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
9. CREDITORS--AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1994      1993
                                                             --------- ---------
                                                             (Pounds)  (Pounds)
   <S>                                                       <C>       <C>
   Bank overdraft........................................... 2,101,480   600,826
   Trade creditors.......................................... 1,603,132   872,035
   Amounts due to shareholders..............................    59,692   264,276
   Corporation tax payable..................................       --     58,848
   Other taxes and social security..........................    18,127     9,133
   Accruals and deferred income............................. 1,143,893   512,598
                                                             --------- ---------
                                                             4,926,324 2,317,716
                                                             ========= =========
</TABLE>
 
  The bank overdraft facility is guaranteed by the company's ultimate UK
parent company.
 
10. CALLED-UP SHARE CAPITAL
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994     1993
                                                               -------- --------
                                                               (Pounds) (Pounds)
   <S>                                                         <C>      <C>
   Authorised
     22,500 "A' ordinary shares of (Pounds)1 each.............  22,500   22,500
     22,500 "B' ordinary shares of (Pounds)1 each.............  22,500   22,500
     5,000 "C' ordinary shares of (Pounds)1 each..............   5,000    5,000
                                                                ------   ------
                                                                50,000   50,000
                                                                ======   ======
   Alloted, called-up and fully paid
     22,500 "A' ordinary shares of (Pounds)1 each.............  22,500   22,500
     22,500 "B' ordinary shares of (Pounds)1 each.............  22,500   22,500
                                                                ------   ------
                                                                45,000   45,000
                                                                ======   ======
</TABLE>
 
  On 22 May 1995 the company issued 1 "C' ordinary share of (Pounds)1 to the
holder of the "A' ordinary shares at a premium of (Pounds)499,999 for cash
consideration. On the same day the holder of the "B' ordinary shares, Product
Plus (London) Limited, acquired all the issued "A' and "C' ordinary shares and
consequently the company became a wholly owned subsidiary undertaking of
Product Plus (London) Limited. On 22 May 1995 the company adopted new Articles
of Assocation.
 
11. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1994      1993
                                                              --------  --------
                                                              (Pounds)  (Pounds)
   <S>                                                        <C>       <C>
   Shareholders' funds at beginning of period................  154,291        2
   Retained (loss)/profit for the financial period........... (548,612) 109,291
   New share capital subscribed..............................      --    44,998
                                                              --------  -------
   Shareholders' funds at end of period...................... (394,321) 154,291
                                                              ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-34
<PAGE>
 
                              EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                      NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONTINUED)
 
12. RESERVES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1994      1993
                                                              --------  --------
                                                              (Pounds)  (Pounds)
   <S>                                                        <C>       <C>
   Profit and Loss Account
     At beginning of period..................................  109,291      --
     Retained (loss)/profit for the period................... (548,612) 109,291
                                                              --------  -------
     At end of period........................................ (439,321) 109,291
                                                              ========  =======
</TABLE>
 
13. CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
  a) Reconciliation of operating (loss)/profit to net cash outflow from
operating activities:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1994        1993
                                                         ----------  ----------
                                                          (Pounds)    (Pounds)
   <S>                                                   <C>         <C>
   Operating (loss)/profit..............................   (494,421)    185,186
   Depreciation.........................................      6,153       4,337
   Increase in stocks................................... (1,301,067) (1,357,957)
   Increase in debtors..................................   (154,319)   (917,766)
   Increase in creditors................................  1,166,802   1,658,044
                                                         ----------  ----------
   Net cash outflow from operating activities...........   (776,852)   (428,156)
                                                         ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
  b) Analysis of changes in cash and cash equivalents during the year:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            CASH AT BANK    BANK
                                            AND IN HAND  OVERDRAFT      NET
                                            ------------ ----------  ----------
                                              (Pounds)    (Pounds)    (Pounds)
   <S>                                      <C>          <C>         <C>
   At beginning of year....................   179,559      (600,826)   (421,267)
   At end of year..........................   709,208    (2,101,480) (1,392,272)
                                              -------    ----------  ----------
   Change during year......................   529,649    (1,500,654)   (971,005)
                                              =======    ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
14. GUARANTEES AND OTHER FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS
 
 a) Capital Commitments
 
  No capital expenditure had been approved and contracted for, or approved but
not contracted, by the company at 31 December 1994 (1993--(Pounds)Nil).
 
 b) Pension arrangements
 
  The company does not operate a defined contribution pension scheme. The
company contributes to individual staff private pension plans, and the assets
of the schemes are held separately from those of the company in independently
administered funds. The pension cost charge represents contributions payable
in respect of the period by the company to the fund.
 
 c) Financial Support
 
  Following the change in ownership on 22 May 1995 (see also Note 10), the
called up share capital of the company is held by Product Plus (London)
Limited, a company incorporated in the United Kingdom. The ultimate United
Kingdom parent company of Product Plus (London) Limited, Diversified Agency
Services
 
                                     F-35
<PAGE>
 
                              EXCEL PLUS LIMITED
 
                      NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS--(CONCLUDED)
Limited has agreed to provide the company with financial support. The
directors have considered the financial position of the company and have
concluded that the company is able to meet its liabilities as they fall due.
 
15. ULTIMATE PARENT COMPANY
 
  As a consequence of the company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of
Product Plus (London) Limited the company has become a subsidiary undertaking
of Diversified Agency Services Limited, the United Kingdom parent company,
whose principal place of business is at 239 Old Marylebone Road, London NW1
5QT.
 
  The ultimate parent company is Omnicom Group Inc. a company incorporated in
the United States of America. The consolidated accounts of Omnicom Group Inc.
are available to the public and may be obtained from Omnicom Group Inc., 437
Madison Avenue, New York 10022, USA.
 
16. SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN UK AND US GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING
PRINCIPLES
 
  These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK GAAP,
which differ in certain respects from US GAAP.
 
  Under UK GAAP, deferred taxes are accounted for to the extent that it is
considered probable that a liability or asset will crystallise in the
foreseeable future. Under US GAAP, deferred taxes are accounted for on all
temporary differences, as defined. A valuation allowance is established in
respect of those deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not that
some portion will remain unrealised.
 
  Under US GAAP, a tax benefit for the 1994 loss would be recognised. However
because a question exists concerning the realisation of this benefit, a
reserve for the full amount would be recognised. The net effect of
establishing the reserve would result in income statement and balance sheet
presentations identical to those shown in the accompanying statements.
 
  The cash flow statement has been prepared under UK Financial Reporting
Standard number 1. The principal differences between this statement and cash
flow statements prepared under US Financial Accounting Standards number 95 are
as follows:
 
    1) Under the UK standard, net cash flows from operating activities is
  determined before considering cash flows from (a) returns on investments
  and servicing of finance and (b) taxes paid. Under the US standard, net
  cash flow from operating activities would be determined after these items.
 
    2) The UK definition of cash and cash equivalents includes advances from
  banks or financial institutions with a maturity of three months or less at
  the date of the advance. Under the US standard, these liabilities would be
  shown as a separate item to reconcile net income to the net change in cash
  resulting from operating activities.
 
  Other differences between UK and US GAAP do not affect the accompanying
financial statements.
 
                                     F-36
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                                QUARTERLY DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   FIRST   SECOND    THIRD   FOURTH     FULL
                                  QUARTER  QUARTER  QUARTER  QUARTER    YEAR
                                  -------  -------  -------  -------  --------
                                      IN THOUSANDS (EXCEPT PER SHARE)
<S>                               <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
1994
Revenues........................  $27,561  $29,457  $35,866  $34,739  $127,623
Operating income (loss).........  $  (158) $   519  $ 1,882  $(1,091) $  1,152
Net income (loss)...............  $  (295) $   120  $   912  $  (788) $    (51)
Income (loss) per common share
  Primary.......................  $  (.05) $   .02  $   .15  $  (.14) $   (.02)
  Fully diluted.................  $  (.05) $   .02  $   .12  $  (.14) $   (.02)
1993
Revenues........................  $25,300  $29,345  $31,110  $33,189  $118,944
Operating income................  $    82  $   422  $   587  $ 1,607  $  2,698
Income (loss) before cumulative
 effect of change in accounting.  $  (100) $  (276) $   (52) $   582  $    154
Net income (loss)...............  $   100  $  (276) $   (52) $   582  $    354
Income (loss) per common share
  Primary.......................
Income (loss) before cumulative
 effect of change in accounting.  $  (.02) $  (.05) $  (.01) $   .10  $    .02
Net income (loss)...............  $   .01  $  (.05) $  (.01) $   .10  $    .05
Fully diluted Income (loss)
 before cumulative effect of
 change in accounting...........  $  (.02) $  (.05) $  (.01) $   .08  $    .02
Net income (loss)...............  $   .01  $  (.05) $  (.01) $   .08  $    .05
</TABLE>
 
  During the fourth quarter of 1994, the Excel Marketing Group recorded a $2.5
million charge to reduce certain inventories to net realizable values. In
addition, a $1 million charge was recorded for Excel Plus, a joint venture in
which the Excel Group has a 50% interest. The charge was to adjust inventory
to net realizable value and to record an additional allowance for returns. Net
income for the second quarter of 1994 had previously been reported as
$109,000. Included in that amount was an incorrect investment income number.
 
  Operating income for the second and third quarters of 1993 had previously
been reported as a loss of $141,000 and income of $272,000, respectively.
During these quarters, the results for November Records, Inc., a newly formed
corporation had been included in operating income. During the fourth quarter
of 1993, the Company determined that its controlling ownership of November was
temporary and the inclusion of November's results in operating income was
inappropriate. Also during 1993 the Company had classified its share of income
from Excel Plus, as other income. At year end it was determined that the
results of this joint venture should be included in operating income.
Accordingly, the Company has restated its second and third quarter income
statements to reclassify the losses of November to other expense and to
include the income of the joint venture in operating income. These
reclassifications did not affect either income (loss) before cumulative effect
of change in accounting or net income (loss) for these quarters. (See Notes 2
and 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)
 
  Effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for
income taxes. During the first quarter of 1993 a $200,000 cumulative effect
was credited to income as a result of this accounting change. (See Notes 1 and
13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)
 
  This schedule is unaudited.
 
                                     F-37
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                           PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
       PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
  The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 1994 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement
of income for the year ended December 31, 1994, give effect to the merger of
Mickelberry Acquisition Corporation into Mickelberry Communications
Incorporated. The pro forma adjustments related to the pro forma condensed
consolidated balance sheet are computed assuming the merger was consummated as
of December 31, 1994. Pro forma adjustments related to the pro forma condensed
consolidated statement of income are computed assuming the transaction was
consummated at January 1, 1994. The pro forma information is based on the
historical financial statements of Mickelberry Communications Incorporated
giving effect to the transaction under the assumptions and adjustments in the
accompanying notes to the pro forma financial statements.
 
  The pro forma statements have been prepared by Mickelberry Communications
Incorporated based upon the balance sheet of Mickelberry Communications
Incorporated as of December 31, 1994 and its income statement for the year
then ended. These pro forma statements may not be indicative of the results
that actually would have occurred if the combination had been in effect on the
dates indicated or which may be obtained in the future. The pro forma
financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial
statements of Mickelberry Communications Incorporated contained elsewhere
herein.
 
                                     F-38
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                 MARCH 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    HISTORICAL    PRO FORMA         PRO FORMA
                                  MARCH 31, 1995 ADJUSTMENTS      MARCH 31, 1995
                                  -------------- -----------      --------------
                                       IN THOUSANDS (EXCEPT PER SHARE)
<S>                               <C>            <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash...........................    $    157                        $    157
  Temporary investments..........       4,380                           4,380
  Receivables....................      34,648                          34,648
  Inventories....................      27,864                          27,864
                                     --------                        --------
    Total current assets.........      67,049                          67,049
Intangibles--net.................      10,946       (1,291)(/5/)        9,655
Property, plant and equipment--
 net.............................      26,136                          26,136
Other............................         562                             562
                                     --------     --------           --------
                                     $104,693     $ (1,291)          $103,402
                                     ========     ========           ========
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable...............    $ 23,467                        $ 23,467
  Notes payable..................       8,537                           8,537
  Accrued liabilities............      11,040                          11,040
  Income taxes payable...........       2,927                           2,927
  Current portion of long-term
   debt..........................       2,615                           2,615
                                     --------                        --------
                                       48,586                          48,586
Deferred income taxes............         938                             938
Long-term debt...................      20,113       17,249 (/4/)       37,362
Stockholders' equity
  Preferred stock................         242         (242)(/3/)
  Common equity..................      34,814      (18,298)(/2/)       16,516
                                     --------     --------           --------
    Total stockholders' equity...      35,056      (18,540)            16,516
                                     --------     --------           --------
                                     $104,693     $ (1,291)          $103,402
                                     ========     ========           ========
Book Value Per Share.............    $   5.32                        $   5.92
                                     ========                        ========
</TABLE>
 
 See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
 
                     MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORTED
 
         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             HISTORICAL  PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
                                                1995    ADJUSTMENTS      1995
                                             ---------- -----------    ---------
                                             IN THOUSANDS (EXCEPT PER SHARE)
<S>                                          <C>        <C>            <C>
Revenues
  Tangible products........................   $25,720                   $25,720
  Services.................................     5,465                     5,465
                                              -------                   -------
                                               31,185                    31,185
                                              -------                   -------
Equity in pre-tax earnings (loss) of affil-
 iated company.............................      (127)                     (127)
Costs and expenses
  Cost of revenues
    Tangible products......................    19,883                    19,883
    Services...............................     4,880                     4,880
    Selling and administrative.............     5,403        (14)(/7/)    5,389
                                              -------      -----        -------
                                               30,166        (14)        30,152
                                              -------      -----        -------
Operating income (loss)....................       892         14            906
Other expense (income)
  Interest expense.........................       483        459 (/6/)      942
  Investment income........................      (127)                     (127)
  Other--net...............................       (39)                      (39)
                                              -------                   -------
                                                  317        459            776
                                              -------      -----        -------
Income (loss) before taxes (benefit).......       575       (445)           130
Income taxes (benefit).....................       230       (178)(/8/)       52
                                              -------      -----        -------
Net Income (loss)..........................   $   345      $ 267        $    78
                                              =======      =====        =======
Income (loss) per common share
  Primary..................................   $  0.06                   $  0.03
                                              =======                   =======
  Fully diluted............................   $  0.05                   $  0.03
                                              =======                   =======
Number of shares used to calculate earnings
 per share
  Primary..................................     5,923                     2,789
  Fully diluted............................     8,304                     2,789
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Changes.........    219.05%                    113.8%
</TABLE>
 
  See Note to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           HISTORICAL  PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA
                                              1994    ADJUSTMENTS       1994
                                           ---------- -----------     ---------
                                           IN THOUSANDS (EXCEPT PER SHARE)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>             <C>
Revenues
  Tangible products.......................  $106,637                  $106,637
  Services................................    20,986                    20,986
                                            --------                  --------
                                             127,623                   127,623
                                            --------                  --------
Equity in pre-tax earnings (loss) of af-
 filiated company.........................      (907)                     (907)
Costs and expenses
  Cost of revenues
    Tangible products.....................    85,089                    85,089
    Services..............................    17,807                    17,807
    Selling and administrative............    22,668        (57)(/7/)   22,611
                                            --------    -------       --------
                                             125,564        (57)       125,507
                                            --------    -------       --------
Operating income (loss)...................     1,152         57          1,209
Other expense (income)
  Interest expense........................     1,990      1,837 (/6/)    3,827
  Investment income.......................      (631)                     (631)
  Other--net..............................      (122)                     (122)
                                            --------                  --------
                                               1,237      1,837          3,074
                                            --------    -------       --------
Income (loss) before taxes (benefit)......       (85)    (1,780)        (1,865)
Income taxes (benefit)....................       (34)      (712)(/8/)     (746)
                                            --------                  --------
Net Income (loss).........................  $    (51)   $(1,068)      $ (1,119)
                                            ========    =======       ========
Income (loss) per common share
  Primary.................................  $  (0.02)                 $  (0.40)
                                            ========                  ========
  Fully diluted...........................  $  (0.02)                 $  (0.40)
                                            ========                  ========
Number of shares used to calculate earn-
 ings per share
  Primary.................................     5,876                     2,789
  Fully diluted...........................     5,876                     2,789
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges........     96.17%                    52.58%
</TABLE>
 
 See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  1. Basis of Presentation
 
  The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give
effect to the Merger. In conjunction with the Merger, the Company intends to
borrow $22,876,000 which will be used as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                            <C>
     Payment for common and preferred shares.....................    $15,022
     Cancellation of options.....................................        581
     Redemption of convertible debentures........................      5,628
     Estimated transaction expenses..............................      1,645
                                                                     -------
                                                                     $22,876
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>
 
  The Merger will be accounted for as a step acquisition. Pursuant to this
accounting treatment, residual interests in the Company will be carried over
at the investors' predecessor basis. Since it is impracticable to recompute
predecessor basis, the investors' proportionate equity in the book value of
the Company will be carried over following the Merger. Residual interests of
the Company prior to the Merger which will continue after the Merger amount to
approximately 48%.
 
  2. Adjustment to reflect the reduction in equity resulting from the
acquisition of approximately 52% of the stock of the Company as of March 31,
1995.
 
  3. Elimination of preferred stockholder interest as of March 31, 1995.
 
  4. Issuance of debt to finance the Merger transaction ($22,876,000) net of
redemption of convertible debentures ($5,627,000).
 
  5. Adjustment resulting from the acquisition of approximately 52% of the
Company's common equity at less than book value. The Company has not yet
obtained an appraisal of the fair values of its assets and liabilities.
However, the Company does not believe that such fair values would be
materially different than recorded book value at March 31, 1995. Accordingly,
the reduction in accounting values resulting from the acquisition has been
reflected in intangibles.
 
  6. Increase in interest costs for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and
for the year ended December 31, 1994 as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEAR ENDED     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 31, 1994   MARCH 31, 1995
                                            ----------------- ------------------
   <S>                                      <C>               <C>
   Interest on new debt--$22,876 at 10%...       $2,287             $ 572
   Less interest on redeemed debt--5,627
    at 8%.................................         (450)             (113)
                                                 ------             -----
                                                 $1,837             $ 459
                                                 ======             =====
</TABLE> 
 
  7. Reduction in amortization of intangible assets, as follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>
                                               YEAR ENDED     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 31, 1994   MARCH 31, 1995
                                            ----------------- ------------------
   <S>                                      <C>               <C>
   Reduction of intangibles--$1,142 / 20..       $   57             $  14
                                                 ======             =====
</TABLE>
 
  8. Adjustment to income taxes at 40% of the amount of net pretax pro forma
adjustments. Statutory rate of 40% represents 34% federal rate and 6% state
and local rate net of federal benefit.
 
  PLEASE MARK, SIGN AND DATE THE ENCLOSED PROXY AND MAIL IT PROMPTLY. NO
POSTAGE STAMP IS NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.
 
                                     F-42
<PAGE>
 
                                                                         ANNEX A
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
 
                                  BY AND AMONG
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED,
 
                      MICKELBERRY ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
 
                           UNION CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
                                      AND
 
                              MR. JAMES C. MARLAS
 
                           DATED AS OF MARCH 21, 1995
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                                   ARTICLE I
 
                                   The Merger
 
<TABLE>
 <C>     <S>                                                                <C>
 Section  1.1.Meeting of Mickelberry's Stockholders; Proxy Statement;
              Schedule 13E-3..............................................  A-1
          1.2.The Merger..................................................  A-2
          1.3.Conversion of Outstanding Shares............................  A-2
          1.4.Surrender and Exchange......................................  A-3
          1.5.Certificate of Incorporation................................  A-3
          1.6.By-laws.....................................................  A-3
          1.7.Directors and Officers......................................  A-3
          1.8.Stock Transfer Books........................................  A-3
                                   ARTICLE II
                 Representations and Warranties of Mickelberry
 Section  2.1.Corporate Organization......................................  A-4
          2.2.Capitalization..............................................  A-4
          2.3.Authorization and Validity of Agreement.....................  A-4
          2.4.No Conflict or Violation....................................  A-4
          2.5.Consents and Approvals......................................  A-5
                                  ARTICLE III
           Representations and Warranties of Mickelberry Acquisition
 Section  3.1.Corporate Organization......................................  A-5
          3.3.Subsidiaries and Equity Investments.........................  A-5
          3.4Authorization and Validity of Agreement......................  A-5
          3.5.No Conflict or Violation....................................  A-5
          3.6.Consents and Approvals......................................  A-6
                                   ARTICLE IV
           Representations and Warranties of Union Capital and Marlas
 Section  4.1.Corporate Organization......................................  A-6
          4.2.Capitalization of Union Capital.............................  A-6
          4.3.Title to Cancelled Shares...................................  A-6
          4.4.Authorization and Validity of Agreement.....................  A-6
          4.5.No Conflict or Violation....................................  A-6
                                   ARTICLE V
                            Covenants of Mickelberry
 Section  5.1.Conduct of Mickelberry......................................  A-7
          5.2.Access to Information.......................................  A-7
          5.3.Indemnification and Insurance...............................  A-8
          5.4.Vote........................................................  A-8
          5.5.Letter Agreement and Other Fees and Expenses................  A-8
          5.6.Stock Options...............................................  A-9
          5.7.No Mergers, Consolidations, Sale of Stock, etc. ............  A-9
          5.8.Convertible Debentures......................................  A-9
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
                                   ARTICLE VI
                      Covenants of Mickelberry Acquisition
 <C>       <S>                                                             <C>
 Section    6.1.Conduct of Mickelberry Acquisition.......................   A-9
            6.2.Access to Information....................................   A-9
                                  ARTICLE VII
                     Covenants of Union Capital and Marlas
 Section    7.1.Vote.....................................................   A-9
            7.2.No Sale or Disposition; Waiver...........................  A-10
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                Other Agreements
 Section    8.1.Best Efforts.............................................  A-10
            8.2.Notification of Certain Matters..........................  A-10
            8.3.Further Assurances.......................................  A-10
                                   ARTICLE IX
                            Conditions to the Merger
 Section    9.1.Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party..............  A-10
            9.2.Conditions to the Obligation of Mickelberry..............  A-11
            9.3.Conditions to the Obligation of Mickelberry Acquisition..  A-11
                                   ARTICLE X
                                  Termination
 Section   10.1.Termination..............................................  A-12
           10.2.Effect of Termination....................................  A-12
                                   ARTICLE XI
                                 Miscellaneous
 Section   11.1.Notices..................................................  A-12
           11.2.Survival.................................................  A-12
           11.3.Amendment................................................  A-13
           11.4.Waiver...................................................  A-13
           11.5.Successors and Assigns...................................  A-13
           11.6.Governing Law............................................  A-13
           11.7.Integration..............................................  A-13
           11.8.Headings and References..................................  A-13
           11.9.Counterparts; Effectiveness..............................  A-13

 Signatures..............................................................  A-14

 Exhibit A Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving          
           Corporation................................................... 
 Schedules                                                                

 Schedule   1.3Certain Shares............................................
 Schedule   2.1Subsidiaries..............................................
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
                             INDEX TO DEFINED TERMS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEFINED TERM                                                       WHERE DEFINED
------------                                                       -------------
<S>                                                                <C>
Agreement......................................................... Introduction
Cancelled Shares.................................................. (S)1.3(a)
Certificate of Merger............................................. (S)1.2(b)
Client............................................................ (S)5.5
Common Stock...................................................... (S)2.2
Convertible Debentures............................................ (S)2.4
Delaware Law...................................................... (S)1.2(a)
Effective Time.................................................... (S)1.2(b)
Exchange Act...................................................... (S)1.1(b)
HSR Act........................................................... (S)2.5
Letter Agreement.................................................. (S)5.5
Marlas............................................................ Introduction
Merger............................................................ Recitals
Merger Consideration.............................................. (S)1.3(a)
Mickelberry....................................................... Introduction
Mickelberry Acquisition........................................... Introduction
Option Consideration.............................................. (S)5.6
Options........................................................... (S)5.6
Paying Agent...................................................... (S)1.4(a)
Preferred Stock................................................... (S)2.2
Proxy Statement................................................... (S)1.1(b)
SEC............................................................... (S)1.1(b)
Schedule 13E-3.................................................... (S)1.1(b)
Share............................................................. (S)1.3(a)
Special Meeting................................................... (S)1.1(a)
Subsidiary........................................................ (S)2.1
Surviving Corporation............................................. (S)1.2(a)
Termination Agreement............................................. (S)5.6
Union Capital..................................................... Introduction
Wertheim Opinion.................................................. (S)2.4
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
                         AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
 
  AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER dated as of March 21, 1995 (this "AGREEMENT")
by and among MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation
("MICKELBERRY"), MICKELBERRY ACQUISITION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
("MICKELBERRY ACQUISITION"), UNION CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation
("UNION CAPITAL") and Mr. JAMES C. MARLAS ("MARLAS").
 
  WHEREAS, each of Mickelberry Acquisition and Union Capital is wholly owned
by Marlas;
 
  WHEREAS, each of Union Capital and Marlas owns shares of common stock of
Mickelberry;
 
  WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to effect the merger of Mickelberry
Acquisition with and into Mickelberry (the "MERGER") pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement;
 
  WHEREAS, upon the consummation of the Merger, each share of common stock of
Mickelberry Acquisition will be converted into and become one share of common
stock of the surviving corporation; and
 
  WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of each of Mickelberry and Mickelberry
Acquisition have determined that the Merger contemplated hereby is fair to and
in the best interests of Mickelberry and its shareholders and Mickelberry
Acquisition and its sole shareholder;
 
  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
                                   ARTICLE I
 
                                  The Merger
 
  Section 1.1. Meeting of Mickelberry's Stockholders; Proxy Statement;
Schedule 13E-3. (a) Mickelberry will take all action necessary in accordance
with applicable law to convene a meeting of its stockholders (the "SPECIAL
MEETING") as promptly as practicable after the date hereof to consider and
vote upon the Merger. The Board of Directors of Mickelberry, subject to its
fiduciary duties as advised by counsel, will recommend that Mickelberry's
stockholders vote in favor of the Merger and the approval and adoption of this
Agreement.
 
  (b) As soon as practicable, Mickelberry shall file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT"), and shall use its best efforts to have cleared
by the SEC, a proxy statement (together with any amendments or supplements
thereto, the "PROXY STATEMENT"), with respect to the Special Meeting. In
addition, Mickelberry and Mickelberry Acquisition shall file with the SEC and
make available to Mickelberry's shareholders, as required by applicable law, a
joint Schedule 13E-3 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the
"SCHEDULE 13E-3") with respect to the Special Meeting and the Merger.
Mickelberry Acquisition, Union Capital and Marlas will provide all information
relating to them or their affiliates (other than Mickelberry or any of its
subsidiaries) for use in preparation of the Proxy Statement and Schedule 13E-
3. Mickelberry will provide all information, other than that relating to
Mickelberry Acquisition, Union Capital, Marlas or their respective affiliates
(other than Mickelberry or any of its subsidiaries), for use in the Proxy
Statement and in the Schedule 13E-3. The information provided and to be
provided by Mickelberry, Mickelberry Acquisition, Union Capital and Marlas,
respectively, for use in the Proxy Statement and in the Schedule 13E-3 shall
be true and correct in all material respects and shall not omit to state any
material fact necessary in order to make such information not misleading as of
the date of the Proxy Statement or the Schedule 13E-3, as the case may be, and
as of the date of the Special Meeting. Mickelberry will promptly advise
Mickelberry Acquisition, Union Capital and Marlas and Mickelberry Acquisition,
Union Capital or Marlas, as the case may be, will promptly advise Mickelberry,
in writing if at any time prior to the Effective Time Mickelberry, Mickelberry
Acquisition, Union Capital or Marlas
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
shall obtain knowledge of any facts that might make it necessary or
appropriate to amend or supplement the Proxy Statement or the Schedule 13E-3
in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference therein
not misleading or to comply with applicable law. The Proxy Statement shall
contain the recommendation of the Board of Directors of Mickelberry referred
to in subdivision (a) of this Section 1.1 as well as the conclusion of the
Board of Directors of Mickelberry that the terms and conditions of the Merger
are fair to the shareholders of Mickelberry (other than Union Capital and
Marlas).
 
  Section 1.2. The Merger. (a) At the Effective Time, the Merger shall occur
in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
("DELAWARE LAW"), whereupon the separate existence of Mickelberry Acquisition
shall cease, and Mickelberry shall be the surviving corporation (the
"SURVIVING CORPORATION").
 
  (b) As soon as practicable after all of the conditions set forth in Article
VII have been satisfied or waived, Mickelberry and Mickelberry Acquisition
will file, or cause to be filed, with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware a certificate of merger for the Merger in accordance with Delaware
Law (the "CERTIFICATE OF MERGER"). The Merger shall become effective at the
time such filing is made or at such other time as is set forth in the
Certificate of Merger (the "EFFECTIVE TIME").
 
  (c) From and after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall
possess all the rights, privileges, powers and franchises and be subject to
all of the restrictions, disabilities and duties of Mickelberry and
Mickelberry Acquisition, all as provided under Delaware Law.
 
  Section 1.3. Conversion of Outstanding Shares.
 
  (a) At the Effective Time:
 
    (i) each share of Preferred Stock and of Common Stock of Mickelberry (a
  "SHARE" and, collectively, the "SHARES") outstanding immediately prior to
  the Effective Time (except for the Cancelled Shares) shall, except as
  otherwise provided in subsections (a)(iii) and (b) of this Section 1.3, be
  converted into and represent the right to receive $4.25 in cash (the
  "MERGER CONSIDERATION");
 
    (ii) each Share held by Union Capital and by Marlas outstanding
  immediately prior to the Effective Time other than those listed on Schedule
  1.3 hereof (a "CANCELLED SHARE" and, collectively, the "CANCELLED SHARES")
  shall, by virtue of the Merger, and without any action on the part of the
  holder thereof, be cancelled and retired and cease to exist, without any
  conversion thereof; provided, however, that in connection with, and only in
  connection with, the consummation of the Merger, each of Union Capital and
  Marlas waives its right to receive the Merger Consideration and consents to
  being treated less favorably than the other shareholders of Mickelberry;
 
    (iii) each Share held by Mickelberry as treasury stock immediately prior
  to the Effective Time or owned by any direct or indirect subsidiary of
  Mickelberry immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled, and
  no payment shall be made with respect thereto; and
 
    (iv) each share of common stock of Mickelberry Acquisition outstanding
  immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become
  one share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.
 
  (b) Notwithstanding subsection (a)(i) of this Section 1.3, Shares
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a holder who
has not voted in favor of the Merger or consented thereto in writing and who
has demanded appraisal for such Shares in accordance with Delaware Law shall
not be converted into a right to receive the Merger Consideration pursuant to
such subsection (a)(i) unless such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or
loses his right to appraisal. If after the Effective Time such holder fails to
perfect or withdraws or loses his right to appraisal, such Shares shall
thereupon be deemed to have been converted into and to represent the right to
receive, at the Effective Time, the Merger Consideration pursuant to the terms
of subsection (a)(i) of this Section 1.3, without any interest thereon or
addition thereto. Mickelberry shall give Mickelberry Acquisition
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
prompt notice of any demands received by Mickelberry for appraisal of Shares,
and Mickelberry Acquisition shall have the right to participate in all
negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands. Mickelberry shall
not, except with the prior written consent of Mickelberry Acquisition, make
any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands.
 
  Section 1.4. Surrender and Exchange. (a) Promptly after the Effective Time,
the Surviving Corporation, or such bank or trust company acting as paying
agent (the "PAYING AGENT") for the Merger pursuant to an agreement in a form
to be mutually agreed upon by Mickelberry and Mickelberry Acquisition, shall
mail or cause to be mailed to each (i) holder of Shares at the Effective Time
a letter of transmittal for use in surrendering for exchange the certificate
or certificates representing such Shares, and (ii) holder of Options at the
Effective Time a letter of transmittal for use in transmitting the Termination
Agreement. After the Effective Time, each such holder, upon surrender to the
Paying Agent of such certificate or certificates or Termination Agreement, as
the case may be (together with such letter of transmittal duly executed), will
be entitled to receive the Merger Consideration or the Option Consideration,
as the case may be. Until so surrendered, each such certificate shall after
the Effective Time represent for all purposes only the right to receive the
Merger Consideration. At the Effective Time, Mickelberry Acquisition shall
furnish or cause to be furnished to the Paying Agent funds equal to the
aggregate Merger Consideration payable to the holders of Shares and the
aggregate Option Consideration payable to the holders of Options. After the
Effective Time, there shall be no further registration or transfers of Shares.
The Surviving Corporation shall establish reasonable procedures for the
delivery of the Merger Consideration to holders of Shares whose stock
certificates have been lost, destroyed or mutilated.
 
  (b) If any delivery of the Merger Consideration is to be made pursuant to
Section 1.3(a)(i) to a person other than the registered holder of the
certificate or certificates surrendered in exchange therefor, it shall be a
condition to such delivery that the certificate or certificates so surrendered
shall be properly endorsed or be otherwise in proper form for transfer and
that the person requesting such delivery shall (i) pay to the Paying Agent any
transfer or other taxes required as a result of delivery to a person other
than the registered holder or (ii) establish to the satisfaction of the Paying
Agent that such tax has been paid or is not payable.
 
  (c) Any holder of Shares who has not exchanged his Shares for the Merger
Consideration in accordance with subsection (a) within six months after the
Effective Time shall have no further claim upon the Paying Agent and shall
thereafter look only to the Surviving Corporation for payment in respect of
his Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be liable to
a holder of Shares for any amount paid to a public official pursuant to
applicable abandoned property laws.
 
  Section 1.5. Certificate of Incorporation. The Certificate of Incorporation
of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended in the Merger to read as set
forth in Exhibit A.
 
  Section 1.6. By-laws. The By-laws of Mickelberry Acquisition in effect at
the Effective Time shall be the By-laws of the Surviving Corporation until
amended in accordance with applicable law.
 
  Section 1.7. Directors and Officers. From and after the Effective Time,
until successors are duly elected or appointed in accordance with applicable
law, (a) the directors of Mickelberry at the Effective Time shall be the
directors of the Surviving Corporation and (b) the officers of Mickelberry at
the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation.
 
  Section 1.8. Stock Transfer Books. At the Effective Time the stock transfer
books of Mickelberry shall be closed and no transfer of Common Stock shall
thereafter be made on such stock transfer books.
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE II
 
                 Representations and Warranties of Mickelberry
 
  Mickelberry represents and warrants to Mickelberry Acquisition, Union
Capital and Marlas that:
 
  Section 2.1. Corporate Organization. Each of Mickelberry and its
Subsidiaries (as defined below) is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
incorporation, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its
properties and assets and to conduct its businesses as now conducted.
"SUBSIDIARY" or "SUBSIDIARIES" means any corporation of which Mickelberry
owns, directly or indirectly, shares of capital stock having in the aggregate
50% or more of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors of such corporation. Schedule 2.1 contains a list of all the
Subsidiaries together with Mickelberry's percentage of ownership of each such
Subsidiary.
 
  Section 2.2. Capitalization. The authorized capital stock of Mickelberry
consists of 25,000,000 shares, consisting of 5,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "PREFERRED STOCK"), and 20,000,000
shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "COMMON STOCK"), and
242,334 and 5,877,948 shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock,
respectively, are issued and outstanding. The shares of Common Stock and the
shares of Preferred Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, and
are fully paid and nonassessable and no personal liability attaches to the
ownership thereof. The Common Stock and the Preferred Stock are the only
outstanding capital stock of Mickelberry.
 
  Section 2.3. Authorization and Validity of Agreement. Mickelberry has the
corporate power to enter into this Agreement, to carry out its obligations
hereunder, and to consummate the Merger. The execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the performance of Mickelberry's obligations hereunder have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, including, without
limitation, by the Board of Directors of Mickelberry. The consummation of the
Merger has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, other than
the affirmative vote of the stockholders of Mickelberry in accordance with
applicable law and this Agreement, and approval of the Merger by the
stockholders of Mickelberry has been recommended by the Board of Directors of
Mickelberry. Wertheim Schroder & Co. Incorporated has delivered to the Special
Committee of the Board of Directors of Mickelberry its opinion, dated March
21, 1995, that the Merger Consideration is fair from a financial point of view
to the holders of the Shares (the "WERTHEIM OPINION") other than Union Capital
and Marlas. This Agreement has been duly executed by Mickelberry and
constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Mickelberry enforceable
against Mickelberry in accordance with its terms, except (i) to the extent
that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally, and (ii) that the availability of equitable remedies, including
specific performance, is subject to the discretion of the court before which
any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
  Section 2.4. No Conflict or Violation. As of the Effective Time, the
execution, delivery and performance by Mickelberry of this Agreement and
consummation of the Merger does not and will not (i) violate or conflict with
any provision of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of
Mickelberry, (ii) violate any provision of law, or any order, judgment or
decree of any court or other governmental or regulatory authority, and (iii)
violate or result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of
time or both) a default under any contract, lease, loan agreement, mortgage,
security agreement, indenture (other than the indenture for Mickelberry's 8%
Convertible Debentures due May 2002 (the "CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES")) or other
agreement (other than the two Equipment Financings by Sandy Alexander, Inc.,
as obligor, NationsBank Leasing Corporation, as lender and Mickelberry as
guarantor dated March 25, 1993 and April 7, 1993, respectively) or instrument
to which Mickelberry or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it is
bound or to which its properties or assets are subject, nor will result in the
creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any kind
whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of Mickelberry or any of its
Subsidiaries, nor will adversely affect or result in the cancellation,
modification, revocation or suspension of any of the licenses,
 
                                      A-4
<PAGE>
 
franchises, permits, authorizations or approvals issued or granted to
Mickelberry or any of its Subsidiaries by the United States, any state or
local government, any foreign national or local government, or any department,
agency, board, commission, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing,
except (in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above only) for such violations
or breaches which would not, individually or in the aggregate, present a
reasonable likelihood of having a material adverse effect on the business,
assets or financial condition of Mickelberry and its subsidiaries, taken as
whole.
 
  Section 2.5. Consents and Approvals. As of the Effective Time, no material
consent, waiver, authorization or approval of any governmental or regulatory
authority, domestic or foreign, or of any other person, firm or corporation,
and no material declaration or notification to or filing or registration with
any such governmental or regulatory authority, is required on the part of
Mickelberry in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
Mickelberry, the performance by Mickelberry of its obligations hereunder, or
the consummation of the Merger, other than in connection with or in compliance
with the applicable provisions of Delaware Law, the Exchange Act or the Hart-
Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the "HSR ACT").
 
                                  ARTICLE III
 
           Representations and Warranties of Mickelberry Acquisiton
 
  Mickelberry Acquisition represents and warrants to Mickelberry that:
 
  Section 3.1. Corporate Organization. Mickelberry Acquisition is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of Delaware. Since its date of incorporation, Mickelberry
Acquisition has not engaged in any activities not related to the acquisition,
or proposed acquisition, of Shares or the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Merger and as of the Effective Time Mickelberry Acquisition
will have no liabilities other than those incurred to facilitate or in
connection with the acquisition, or proposed acquisition, of Shares or the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Merger.
 
  Section 3.2. Capitalization of Mickelberry Acquisition. The authorized
capital stock of Mickelberry Acquisition consists of 4,000,000 shares of
common stock, par value $1.00 per share, 3,000,000 of which are issued and
outstanding, and all of which are owned by Marlas.
 
  Section 3.3. Subsidiaries and Equity Investments. As of the date of this
Agreement there are no corporations of which Mickelberry Acquisition owns,
directly or indirectly, shares of capital stock having in the aggregate 50% or
more of the total combined voting power of the issued and outstanding shares
of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of
such corporation.
 
  Section 3.4. Authorization and Validity of Agreement. Mickelberry
Acquisition has the corporate power to enter into this Agreement and to carry
out its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement,
the performance of Mickelberry Acquisition's obligations hereunder and the
consummation of the Merger have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors
and by the sole shareholder of Mickelberry Acquisition and no other
proceedings on the part of Mickelberry Acquisition are necessary to authorize
such execution, delivery and performance. This Agreement has been duly
executed by Mickelberry Acquisition and is the legal, valid and binding
obligation of Mickelberry Acquisition, enforceable against Mickelberry
Acquisition in accordance with its terms, except (i) to the extent that
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally, and (ii) that the availability of equitable remedies, including
specific performance, is subject to the discretion of the court before which
any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
  Section 3.5. No Conflict or Violation. As of the Effective Time, the
execution, delivery and performance by Mickelberry Acquisition of this
Agreement and consummation of the Merger does not and will
 
                                      A-5
<PAGE>
 
not (i) violate or conflict with any provision of the charter documents or By-
laws of Mickelberry Acquisition, (ii) violate any provision of law, or any
order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or regulatory
authority, and (iii) violate or result in a breach of or constitute (with due
notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any contract, lease, loan
agreement, mortgage, security agreement, trust indenture or other agreement or
instrument to which Mickelberry Acquisition is a party or by which Mickelberry
Acquisition is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject, nor
will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance
of any kind whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of Mickelberry
Acquisition, nor will adversely affect or result in the cancellation,
modification, revocation or suspension of any of the licenses, franchises,
permits, authorizations or approvals issued or granted to Mickelberry
Acquisition by the United States, any state or local government, any foreign
national or local government, or any department, agency, board, commission,
bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing except (in the case of
clauses (ii) and (iii) above only) for such violations or breaches which would
not, individually or in the aggregate, present a reasonable likelihood of
having a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial
condition of Mickelberry Acquisition.
 
  Section 3.6. Consents and Approvals. As of the Effective Time, no material
consent, waiver, authorization or approval of any governmental or regulatory
authority, domestic or foreign, or of any other person, firm or corporation,
and no material declaration or notification to or filing, or registration with
any such governmental or regulatory authority, is required in connection with
the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Mickelberry Acquisition, the
performance by Mickelberry Acquisition of its obligations hereunder or the
consummation of the Merger, other than in connection with or in compliance
with the applicable provisions of Delaware Law, the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the Exchange Act or the HSR Act.
 
                                  ARTICLE IV
 
          Representations and Warranties of Union Capital and Marlas
 
  Each of Union Capital and Marlas represents and warrants to Mickelberry
that:
 
  Section 4.1. Corporate Organization. Union Capital is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Nevada.
 
  Section 4.2. Capitalization of Union Capital. The authorized capital stock
of Union Capital consists of 1,000 shares of common stock, no par value, 100
of which are issued and outstanding, and all of which are owned by Marlas.
 
  Section 4.3. Title to Cancelled Shares. All of the Cancelled Shares are
owned of record and beneficially by Union Capital or Marlas, as the case may
be, in each case free and clear of all liens.
 
  Section 4.4. Authorization and Validity of Agreement. Union Capital has the
corporate power to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations
hereunder. Marlas has full legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and to
carry out its obligation hereunder. The execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the performance of Union Capital's obligations hereunder have
been duly authorized by the board of directors and by the sole shareholder of
Union Capital and no other proceedings on the part of Union Capital are
necessary to authorize such execution, delivery and performance. This
Agreement has been duly executed by each of Union Capital and Marlas and is
the legal, valid and binding obligation of Union Capital and Marlas,
enforceable against Union Capital and Marlas in accordance with its terms,
except (i) to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting the enforcement
of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) that the availability of equitable
remedies, including specific performance, is subject to the discretion of the
court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
 
  Section 4.5. No Conflict or Violation. As of the Effective Time, the
execution, delivery and performance by each of Union Capital and Marlas of
this Agreement and consummation of the Merger does not
 
                                      A-6
<PAGE>
 
and will not (i) violate or conflict with any provision of the charter
documents or By-laws of Union Capital, (ii) violate any provision of law, or
any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or regulatory
authority, and (iii) violate or result in a breach of or constitute (with due
notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any contract, lease, loan
agreement, mortgage, security agreement, trust indenture or other agreement or
instrument to which Union Capital or Marlas is a party or by which Union
Capital or Marlas is bound or to which its properties or assets are subject,
nor will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or
encumbrance of any kind whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of
Union Capital or Marlas, nor will adversely affect or result in the
cancellation, modification, revocation or suspension of any of the licenses,
franchises, permits, authorizations or approvals issued or granted to Union
Capital by the United States, any state or local government, any foreign
national or local government, or any department, agency, board, commission,
bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing except (in the case of
clauses (ii) and (iii) above only) for such violations or breaches which would
not, individually or in the aggregate, present a reasonable likelihood of
having a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial
condition of Union Capital or Marlas, as the case may be.
 
                                   ARTICLE V
 
                           Covenants of Mickelberry
 
  Mickelberry agrees that:
 
  Section 5.1. Conduct of Mickelberry. From and after the date of this
Agreement and until the Effective Time, Mickelberry shall conduct its business
solely in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and, without the
prior written consent of Mickelberry Acquisition, will not, except as required
or permitted pursuant to the terms hereof or as may occur in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice:
 
    (i) make any material change in the conduct of its businesses and
  operations or enter into any material transaction;
 
    (ii) make any change in its Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-
  laws; issue any additional shares of capital stock or equity securities
  (other than an exercise of options or convertible securities, in each case
  outstanding on the date hereof), grant any option, warrant or right to
  acquire any capital stock or equity securities, issue any security
  convertible into or exchangeable for its capital stock, alter in any
  material respect the terms of any of its outstanding securities, or make
  any change in its outstanding shares of capital stock or in its
  capitalization, whether by reason of a reclassification, recapitalization,
  stock split or combination, exchange or readjustment of shares, stock
  dividend or otherwise;
 
    (iii) incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money,
  issue any notes, bonds, debentures or other corporate securities or grant
  any option, warrant or right to purchase any thereof;
 
    (iv) make any sale, assignment, transfer, abandonment or other conveyance
  of any of its assets or any part thereof;
    (v) subject any of its assets, or any part thereof, to any lien or suffer
  such to be imposed other than such liens as may arise by operation of law;
 
    (vi) redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or
  indirectly, any shares of its capital stock or declare, set aside or pay
  any dividends (other than regular quarterly dividends on its Common Stock
  and Preferred Stock of $0.015 and $0.075 per share, respectively) or other
  distribution in respect of such shares;
 
    (vii) take any other action that would cause any of the representations
  and warranties made in this Agreement not to remain true and correct; or
 
    (viii) commit itself to do any of the foregoing.
 
  Section 5.2. Access to Information. From and after the date hereof and
subject to the execution of such confidentiality agreements as Mickelberry
shall reasonably require, Mickelberry will give Mickelberry
 
                                      A-7
<PAGE>
 
Acquisition and its counsel, financial advisors, auditors and other authorized
representatives reasonable access to the offices, properties, books and
records of Mickelberry and will instruct Mickelberry's employees, counsel,
financial advisors and financing sources to cooperate with any such person in
its investigation of Mickelberry.
 
  Section 5.3. Indemnification and Insurance. (a) For a period of three years
from the Effective Time, Mickelberry, as the Surviving Corporation, shall
maintain in its Certificate of Incorporation the provisions with respect to
indemnification set forth in paragraph 8 of Exhibit A attached hereto, which
provisions shall not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified for such a
period in any manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of
persons who at the Effective Time were directors, officers, employees or
agents of Mickelberry (such persons being third-party beneficiaries of this
Section 5.3) with respect to actions and omissions occurring prior to the
Effective Time, unless such modification is required by law.
 
  (b) For a period of three years from the Effective Time, the Surviving
Corporation shall use its best efforts to maintain in effect directors' and
officers' liability insurance covering those persons who are currently covered
by Mickelberry's directors' and officers' liability insurance policy with
respect to actions and omissions occurring prior to the Effective Time on
terms no less favorable than the terms of such current insurance coverage.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the directors' and officers' liability
insurance referred to in this subdivision (b) is unavailable for the Current
D&O Premium, the Surviving Corporation shall obtain as much insurance as can
be obtained for a premium not in excess (on an annualized basis) of the
current D&O Premium. The Company will use its best efforts to give to any
director and officer covered by this Section 5.3, 30 days prior written notice
of any reduction on coverage or cancellation of the directors' and officers'
liability insurance referred to in this subdivision (b). For purposes of this
subdivision (b), the "CURRENT D&O PREMIUM" shall be an amount not greater than
125% of the premium paid by Mickelberry (on an annualized basis) for
directors' and officers' liability insurance during the period from October 1,
1994 to the Effective Time.
 
  (c) In the event the Surviving Corporation or any of its successors or
assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other person and shall not be
the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or
merger or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets
to any person, then and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so
that the successors and assigns of the Surviving Corporation shall assume all
of the obligations set forth in this Section 5.3.
 
  Section 5.4. Vote. From and after the date hereof, Mickelberry will, to the
extent required by applicable law or as otherwise reasonably requested by
Mickelberry Acquisition and in accordance with Delaware Law and its
certificate of incorporation and By-laws, use its best efforts to (a) solicit
from the shareholders of Mickelberry proxies in favor of the approval of this
Agreement and (b) take all other action necessary or helpful to secure a vote
of shareholders in favor of the Merger and to approve this Agreement.
 
  Section 5.5. Letter Agreement and Other Fees and Expenses. Whether or not
the Merger is consummated (except as provided below), from and after the date
hereof and without the execution of any further instrument, Mickelberry will
(a) assume all of the obligations of Marlas and of any entity formed by him
for purposes of completing the Merger (including but not limited to
Mickelberry Acquisition) (collectively, the "CLIENT") under that certain
Letter Agreement dated November 23, 1994 (the "LETTER AGREEMENT"), by and
among the Client, The Argosy Group L.P. and The Argosy Securities Group L.P.,
including, without limitation, indemnities, contribution, compensation and
expense reimbursements, all in accordance with Section 15 of such Letter
Agreement and in connection therewith Mickelberry will reimburse the Client
for any amounts previously paid by it pursuant to the Letter Agreement and (b)
pay all reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses and disbursements of the Client
incurred prior to or after the date hereof in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that Mickelberry shall not
be obligated to assume any obligation or to pay any fees and expenses under
this Section 5.5 (and Marlas shall repay to Mickelberry any amounts paid by
Mickelberry pursuant to this Section 5.5) if this Agreement is terminated
because of a material breach by Mickelberry Acquisition, Union Capital or
Marlas of any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained
hereunder.
 
                                      A-8
<PAGE>
 
  Section 5.6. Stock Options. Prior to the Effective Time, Mickelberry shall
use its best efforts to cause the holders (other than Marlas) of all
outstanding options (the "OPTIONS") under the 1981 Incentive Stock Option Plan
and the 1992 Stock Option Plan to agree in writing to cancel such Options as
of and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Time, pursuant to an Option
Termination Agreement (the "TERMINATION AGREEMENT") in form and substance
satisfactory to Mickelberry Acquisition. Each holder of an Option who so
executes and delivers such a Termination Agreement and whose Option has an
exercise price less than the Merger Consideration, shall have the right to
receive in cash, if the Option is presently exercisable, an amount equal to
the Merger Consideration less the exercise price for each such Option and any
applicable withholding taxes (the "OPTION CONSIDERATION").
 
  Section 5.7. No Mergers, Consolidations, Sale of Stock, etc. From and after
the date hereof, neither Mickelberry nor any of its Subsidiaries will directly
or indirectly, through officers, employees, representatives or agents, solicit
any inquiries or proposals to enter into or continue any discussions,
negotiations or agreements relating to the sale or exchange of the Shares, the
merger, reorganization or business combination of Mickelberry with, or the
disposition of a significant amount of Mickelberry's assets or business to,
any person other than Mickelberry Acquisition or its affiliates.
 
  Section 5.8. Convertible Debentures. From and after the date hereof,
Mickelberry will assist Mickelberry Acquisition and take all actions deemed
necessary by Mickelberry Acquisition to obtain the consent of the holders
(other than Marlas) of the Convertible Debentures to the prepayment and/or the
cancellation, as of the Effective Time, of all the Convertible Debentures on
terms reasonably satisfactory to Mickelberry Acquisition.
 
                                  ARTICLE VI
 
                     Covenants of Mickelberry Acquisition
 
  Mickelberry Acquisition agrees that:
 
  Section 6.1. Conduct of Mickelberry Acquisition. From and after the date of
this Agreement and until the Effective Time, Mickelberry Acquisition shall
conduct its business solely in the ordinary course consistent with past
practice and, without the prior written consent of Mickelberry, will not,
except as required or permitted pursuant to the terms hereof or as may occur
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice:
 
    (i) make any change in its Certificate of Incorporation; or
 
    (ii) take any other action that would cause any of the representations
  and warranties made in this Agreement not to remain true and correct; or
 
    (iii) commit itself to do any of the foregoing.
 
  Section 6.2. Access to Information. From and after the date hereof and
subject to the execution of such confidentiality agreements as Mickelberry
Acquisition shall reasonably require, Mickelberry Acquisition will give
Mickelberry and its counsel, financial advisors, auditors and other authorized
representatives reasonable access to the offices, properties, books and
records of Mickelberry Acquisition and will instruct Mickelberry Acquisition's
employees, counsel, financial advisors and financing sources to cooperate with
any such person in its investigation of Mickelberry Acquisition.
 
                                  ARTICLE VII
 
                     Covenants of Union Capital and Marlas
 
  Each of Union Capital and Marlas agrees that:
 
  Section 7.1. Vote. Union Capital and Marlas will vote the Cancelled Shares
and the Shares listed on Schedule 1.3 in favor of the approval and adoption of
this Agreement and the approval of the Merger.
 
                                      A-9
<PAGE>
 
  Section 7.2. No Sale or Disposition; Waiver. From and after the date of this
Agreement and until the earlier of the Effective Time and the termination of
this Agreement, (i) neither Union Capital nor Marlas will sell or otherwise
dispose of any Cancelled Shares or Shares listed on Schedule 1.3 other than to
any of its respective affiliates or otherwise to facilitate the consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) Marlas agrees to
waive any default or event of default under the Convertible Debentures if such
default or event of default has occurred and is continuing solely as a result
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
                                 ARTICLE VIII
 
                               Other Agreements
 
  The parties hereto agree that:
 
  Section 8.1. Best Efforts. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in this Agreement, each party shall use its best efforts to take, or
cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things
necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations,
including without limitation under the HSR Act, to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement as promptly as possible. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, Mickelberry Acquisition agrees to use its best
efforts to obtain the financing referred to in Section 9.3(c).
 
  Section 8.2. Notification of Certain Matters. Each party to this Agreement
will give prompt notice to the other parties hereof of:
 
    (i) any notice or other communication from any person or entity alleging
  that the consent of such person or entity is or may be required in
  connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
 
    (ii) any notice or other communication from any governmental or
  regulatory agency or authority in connection with the transactions
  contemplated by this Agreement;
 
    (iii) any action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding commenced or,
  to its knowledge, threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise
  affecting Mickelberry on the one hand, or Mickelberry Acquisition, Union
  Capital and/or Marlas on the other hand, which is reasonably likely to
  affect materially the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
 
    (iv) the occurrence, or failure to occur, of any event or change in
  circumstances where such occurrence or failure to occur would be likely to
  cause any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to be
  untrue and inaccurate in any material respect at any time from the date
  hereof to the Effective Time; and
 
    (v) any material failure of such party to comply with or satisfy any
  covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it
  hereunder.
 
  No such notification shall affect the representations or warranties of the
parties or the conditions to the obligations of the parties hereunder.
 
  Section 8.3. Further Assurances. At and after the Effective Time, the
officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation will be authorized to
execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of Mickelberry or Mickelberry
Acquisition, any deeds, bills of sale, assignments or assurances and to take
and do in the name and on behalf of Mickelberry or Mickelberry Acquisition any
other actions and things to vest, perfect or confirm of record or otherwise in
the Surviving Corporation any and all right, title and interest in, to and
under any of the rights, properties or assets of Mickelberry acquired or to be
acquired by the Surviving Corporation as a result of, or in connection with,
the Merger.
 
                                  ARTICLE IX
 
                           Conditions to the Merger
 
  Section 9.1. Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party. The obligations of
Mickelberry and Mickelberry Acquisition to consummate the Merger are subject
to (a) the approval of the Merger and this
 
                                     A-10
<PAGE>
 
Agreement at the Special Meeting by the affirmative vote of at least (1) the
holders of a majority of the Shares outstanding on the record date of such
Special Meeting or (2) 66 2/3% of the votes cast by the holders of the Shares
voting at the Special Meeting, whichever is greater, (b) the Wertheim Opinion
not being withdrawn, (c) any waiting period applicable to the Merger under the
HSR Act shall have terminated or expired, (d) the absence of any statute, rule
or regulation which makes consummation of the Merger illegal or otherwise
prohibited or any order, decree, injunction or judgment enjoining the
consummation of the Merger, and (e) the receipt of an opinion of counsel to
Mickelberry, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Mickelberry and
Mickelberry Acquisition, as to the validity of the Merger under Delaware Law.
 
  Section 9.2. Conditions to the Obligation of Mickelberry. The obligation of
Mickelberry to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver
of the following further conditions:
 
    (a) Mickelberry Acquisition shall have performed in all material respects
  all of its obligations hereunder required to be performed by it at or prior
  to the Effective Time;
 
    (b) the representations and warranties of Mickelberry Acquisition
  contained in this Agreement and in any certificate or other writing
  delivered by Mickelberry Acquisition pursuant hereto shall be true in all
  material respects at and as of the Effective Time as if made at and as of
  such time (other than any inaccuracies in such representations or
  warranties that are attributable to Mickelberry);
 
    (c) receipt by Mickelberry of a certificate signed by an executive
  officer of Mickelberry Acquisition to the effect set forth in paragraphs
  (a) and (b) of this Section;
 
    (d) consummation on terms satisfactory to Mickelberry of third-party
  financing for (1) the Merger Consideration, (2) the Option Consideration
  and (3) the repayment of the Convertible Debentures; and
 
    (e) no action or proceeding shall have been commenced or threatened for
  the purpose of obtaining an injunction, order or damages before any court
  or governmental agency or other regulatory or administrative agency or
  commission, domestic or foreign, which Mickelberry shall on advice of
  counsel, reasonably determine would (1) result in the imposition of
  material limitations on the ability of Mickelberry or Mickelberry
  Acquisition effectively to consummate the Merger, (2) have the effect of
  rendering the Merger violative of any applicable law, or (3) have a
  material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of
  the Surviving Corporation.
 
  Section 9.3. Conditions to the Obligation of Mickelberry Acquisition. The
obligation of Mickelberry Acquisition to consummate the Merger is subject to
the satisfaction or waiver of the following further conditions:
 
    (a) Mickelberry shall have performed in all material respects all of its
  obligations hereunder required to be performed by it at or prior to the
  Effective Time;
 
    (b) the representations and warranties of Mickelberry contained in this
  Agreement and in any certificate or other writing delivered by Mickelberry
  pursuant hereto shall be true in all material respects at and as of the
  Effective Time as if made at and as of such time;
 
    (c) receipt by Mickelberry Acquisition of a certificate signed by an
  executive officer of Mickelberry to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a)
  and (b) of this Section;
 
    (d) consummation on terms satisfactory to Mickelberry Acquisition of
  third-party financing for (1) the Merger Consideration, (2) the Option
  Consideration and (3) the repayment of the Convertible Debentures;
 
    (e) the holders of not more than 5% of the outstanding shares of
  Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall have exercised their appraisal
  rights in the Merger in accordance with Delaware Law;
 
    (f) the prepayment and cancellation of all Convertible Debentures;
 
    (g) holders of Options constituting at least 95% of the shares
  represented thereby shall have entered into Termination Agreements with
  respect thereto in form and substance satisfactory to Mickelberry
  Acquisition; and
 
    (h) no action or proceeding shall have been commenced or threatened for
  the purpose of obtaining an injunction, order or damages before any court
  or governmental agency or other regulatory or administrative
 
                                     A-11
<PAGE>
 
  agency or commission, domestic or foreign, which Mickelberry Acquisition
  shall on advice of counsel, reasonably determine would (1) result in the
  imposition of material limitations on the ability of Mickelberry or
  Mickelberry Acquisition effectively to consummate the Merger, (2) have the
  effect of rendering the Merger violative of any applicable law, or (3) have
  a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of
  the Surviving Corporation.
 
                                   ARTICLE X
 
                                  Termination
 
  Section 10.1. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger
may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time:
 
    (a) by mutual written consent of Mickelberry and Mickelberry Acquisition
  after approval of their respective Board of Directors; or
 
    (b) by either Mickelberry or Mickelberry Acquisition after approval of
  the Board of Directors of Mickelberry or Mickelberry Acquisition, as the
  case may be, if the Merger has not been consummated on or before September
  30, 1995; provided, however, that neither party may terminate this
  Agreement pursuant to this clause (b) if the failure of such party to
  fulfill any of its obligations under this Agreement shall have been the
  reason that the Merger shall not have been consummated on or before said
  date.
 
  Section 10.2. Effect of Termination. If this Agreement is terminated
pursuant to Section 10.1, this Agreement shall become void and of no effect
with no liability on the part of any party hereto.
 
                                  ARTICLE XI
 
                                 Miscellaneous
 
  Section 11.1. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any
party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile or similar writing)
and shall be given:
 
    (a) if to Mickelberry to:
 
      Mickelberry Communications Incorporated
      405 Park Avenue
      New York, New York 10022
      Facsimile: (212) 832-0554
      Attention: Mr. John C. Mickle
 
    (b) if to Mickelberry Acquisition to:
 
      Mickelberry Acquisition Corporation
      c/o Mickelberry Communications Incorporated
      405 Park Avenue
      New York, New York 10022
      Facsimile: (212) 832-0554
 
      Attention: Mr. James C. Marlas
 
or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify
by notice to the other party hereto. Each such notice, request or other
communication shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile, when such
facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Section and
the appropriate confirmation is provided, (ii) if given via United States
mail, three days after such notice is deposited in the mail in a postage pre-
paid envelope, or (iii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the
address specified in this Section.
 
  Section 11.2. Survival. None of the representations, warranties, agreements
or covenants contained herein shall survive the Effective Time except for the
agreements contained in Sections 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 5.3, 5.5 and
8.3.
 
                                     A-12
<PAGE>
 
  Section 11.3. Amendment. Subject to applicable law, any provision of this
Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto, by action of each of their
respective Boards of Directors or by their respective officers duly authorized
by such Board of Directors, at any time prior to the Effective Time; provided,
however, that any decrease of the amount or change in the type of the Merger
Consideration or any amendment to Article IX, Article X or this Section 11.3
shall also be approved by the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of
Mickelberry. Any amendment to this Agreement shall be in writing signed by all
the parties hereto.
 
  Section 11.4. Waiver. (a) At any time prior to the Effective Time,
Mickelberry Acquisition on the one hand, and Mickelberry on the other hand,
may (i) extend the time for the performance of any agreement of the other
party or parties hereto, (ii) waive any accuracy in the representations and
warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, or
(iii) waive compliance with any agreement or condition contained herein;
provided, however, that if such waiver would have the same effect as any
decrease of the amount or change in the type of the Merger Consideration or
any amendment to Article IX, Article X or Section 11.3 hereof, such waiver
shall also be approved by the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of
Mickelberry. Any agreement on the part of any party to any such extension or
waiver shall be effective only if set forth in a writing signed on behalf of
such party and delivered to the other parties.
 
  (b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or
privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or
partial exercise thereof preclude any other right, power or privilege. The
rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of
any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
  Section 11.5. Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that no party may assign
or otherwise transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the
consent of the other parties hereto.
 
  Section 11.6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance
with and governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard
to principles of conflict of laws.
 
  Section 11.7. Integration. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and
understanding among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.
 
  Section 11.8. Headings and References. The headings of the Articles and
Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not
constitute a part hereof.
 
  Section 11.9. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same
effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have
received counterparts hereof signed by the other party hereto.
 
                                     A-13
<PAGE>
 
  In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first
above written.
 
                                          Mickelberry Communications
                                           Incorporated
 
                                                     /s/ George Kane
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          By: George Kane
                                          Title: Senior Vice President
 
                                          Mickelberry Acquisition Corporation
 
                                                   /s/ James C. Marlas
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          By: James C. Marlas
                                          Title: President
 
                                          Union Capital Corporation
 
                                                   /s/ James C. Marlas
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          By: James C. Marlas
                                          Title: Chairman
 
                                          James C. Marlas
 
                                                   /s/ James C. Marlas
                                          -------------------------------------
 
                                      A-14
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT A
 
                                   RESTATED
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
 
                            *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *
 
  1. The name of the corporation (the "Corporation") is: Mickelberry
Communications Incorporated.
 
  2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209
Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its
registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
 
  3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the
Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations
may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
  4. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have
authority to issue is 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock, each of which shall
have a par value of one dollar ($1.00) per share.
 
  5. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute,
the by-laws of the Corporation may be made, altered, amended or repealed by
the stockholders or by a majority of the entire board of directors.
 
  6. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation
and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its
stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within
the state of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this
Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of
any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions
of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of
trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this
Corporation under the provisions of section 279 of title 8 of the Delaware
Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be,
to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in
number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of
creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this
Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or
arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made,
be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all
stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this Corporation.
 
  7. Elections of Directors need not be by written ballot.
 
  8. A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) under section 174 of the General Corporation
Law of the state of delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the
director derived any improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General
Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this
provision to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the general Corporation law of the state of Delaware, as so amended.
 
  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of
the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a
director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or
modification.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    SCHEDULE 1.3
 
                                 CERTAIN SHARES
 
  59,400 shares of Common Stock held by Marlas in its Keogh Plan
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    SCHEDULE 2.1
 
                                  SUBSIDIARIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PERCENTAGE OWNED
NAME                                                             BY MICKELBERRY
----                                                            ----------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Bender, Browning, Dolby & Sanderson............................       100%
Excel Importing Corp...........................................       100%
M C Graphics, Inc..............................................       100%
Mickelberry Mining Corporation.................................       100%
Mickelberry Holding Corporation................................       100%
Excel Showroom, Inc............................................       100%
Nadler & Larimer (Europe) Corporation..........................       100%
Newcourt Industries............................................       100%
Partners & Shevack Inc.........................................       100%
Sandy Alexander, Inc...........................................       100%
Sandy Alexander Realty, Inc. (NJ)..............................       100%
Ventura Associates International, Inc..........................       100%
Mibon Marketing Inc............................................       100%
Excel Plus, Ltd................................................        50%
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                                                        ANNEX B
                           
                        SCHRODER WERTHEIM OPINION     
              
           [LETTERHEAD OF SCHRODER WERTHEIM & CO. INCORPORATED]     
                                                               
                                                            August  , 1995     
 
The Special Committee of The Board of Directors
Mickelberry Communications Incorporated
405 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
 
The Special Committee of The Board of Directors:
   
  We understand that Mickelberry Communications Incorporated ("Mickelberry" or
the "Company) and Mickelberry Acquisition Corporation ("Mickelberry
Acquisition") have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger
Agreement"), whereby Mickelberry Acquisition will merge with Mickelberry (the
"Transaction"). The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, that each
share of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock of Mickelberry, except for
shares owned by Mr. James C. Marlas or any of his affiliates, will be
converted into and represent the right to receive $4.25 in cash ("the Merger
Consideration").     
   
  You have requested our opinion, as investment bankers, as to the fairness of
the Transaction, from a financial point of view, to the holders of Common
Stock and Series A Preferred Stock of Mickelberry other than James C. Marlas
and affiliated entities (the "Opinion"). It is understood that the Opinion
shall be used by you and the Board of Directors solely in connection with your
consideration of the fairness of the Merger Consideration to the stockholders
of Mickelberry and for no other purpose, and that Mickelberry will not furnish
the Opinion or any other material prepared by Schroder Wertheim & Co.
Incorporated ("Schroder Wertheim") to any other person or persons or use or
refer to the Opinion for any other purpose without Schroder Wertheim's prior
written approval. Schroder Wertheim understands and agrees that its Opinion
may be referred to and reproduced in full in a schedule 13E-3 to be filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Transaction in
any proxy document mailed to stockholders of Mickelberry or other soliciting
document.     
   
  Schroder Wertheim, as part of its investment banking business, is regularly
engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with
mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings, secondary distributions of
listed and unlisted securities, private placements and valuations for estate,
corporate and other purposes.     
 
  In connection with our opinion set forth herein, we have, among other
things:
     
    (i) reviewed the Annual Reports on Form 10-K and the audited financial
  statements of the Company for the four fiscal years ended December 31,
  1994; its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
  1995; its Proxy Statement dated April 11, 1994; and reports issued by the
  Company on Form 8-K dated March 3, 1993 and June 30, 1992; and all
  amendments thereto;     
     
    (ii) reviewed and discussed with management the unaudited financial
  results for the three month and six month periods ended June 30, 1995;     
     
    (iii) reviewed certain internal, unaudited financial analyses prepared by
  management of the Company which relate primarily to the Company's
  historical and projected financial information;     
     
    (iv) reviewed the management forecasts of the operating and financial
  results for the Company dated December 16, 1994 for the fiscal years ending
  December 31, 1995 through December 31, 1999 and discussed with management
  any subsequent adjustments to those forecasts through August 1, 1995;     
     
    (v) visited the principal operating divisions of the Company, including
  Sandy Alexander, Inc. and Partners & Shevack, Inc.;     
 
                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
     
    (vi) conducted discussions with the senior management of the Company
  concerning its historical and forecasted financial and operating results as
  presented and described in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above;     
     
    (vii) performed various valuation analyses, as deemed appropriate, of
  Mickelberry using generally accepted analytical methodologies, including:
  (i) discounted cash flow valuation analyses; (ii) the application of the
  multiples reflected in recent mergers and acquisitions for comparable
  businesses to the financial results of Mickelberry; and (iii) the
  application of the public trading multiples of comparable companies to the
  financial results of Mickelberry;     
     
    (viii) reviewed the trading history of the Company's Common Stock and
  Series A Preferred Stock in the public marketplace from January 1, 1990 to
  August   , 1995;     
     
    (ix) reviewed the trading prices and yields of selected publicly traded
  preferred stocks;     
     
    (x) reviewed the Statement of Resolution Establishing Series of Shares,
  Series A Preferred Stock of the Company, dated September 3, 1982;     
     
    (xi) reviewed the Merger Agreement dated as of March 21, 1995;     
     
    (xii) discussed with the financial advisors to Mr. Marlas and Mickelberry
  Acquisition their plans for financing the Transaction; and     
     
    (xiii) performed such other financial studies, analyses, inquiries and
  investigations as we deemed appropriate.     
   
  In rendering our Opinion, Schroder Wertheim does not assume any
responsibility to independently verify the accuracy or completeness of
information furnished by or on behalf of Mickelberry, but does rely on its
accuracy and completeness in all material respects and does not assume any
responsibility to perform (or be required to retain any persons to perform)
any independent valuations or appraisals of Mickelberry's assets. With respect
to financial forecasts for Mickelberry, we have been advised by the management
of Mickelberry and we have assumed, without independent investigation, that
they have been reasonably prepared and reflect the best currently available
estimates and judgment of the management of Mickelberry as to the expected
future financial performance of Mickelberry.     
   
  Our Opinion is necessarily based upon financial, economic, market and other
conditions as they exist, and the information made available to us, as of the
date hereof. We disclaim any undertaking or obligation to advise any person of
any change in any fact or matter affecting our Opinion which may come or be
brought to our attention after the date of this Opinion.     
 
  This Opinion does not constitute a recommendation as to any action
Mickelberry should take in connection with the Transaction. This Opinion
relates solely to the question of the fairness, from a financial point of
view, of the Merger Consideration.
   
  Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion, as
investment bankers, that as of the date hereof, the Merger Consideration to be
paid by Mickelberry Acquisition in the Transaction is fair, from a financial
point of view, to the holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock of
Mickelberry, other than James C. Marlas or any of his affiliates.     
 
                                          Very truly yours,
                                             
                                          Schroder Wertheim & Co. Incorporated
                                               
                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
                                                                        ANNEX C
 
      SECTION 262 OF THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
 
  262 APPRAISAL RIGHTS. (a) Any stockholder of a corporation of this State who
holds shares of stock on the date of the making of a demand pursuant to
subsection (d) of this section with respect to such shares, who continuously
holds such shares through the effective date of the merger or consolidation,
who has otherwise complied with subsection (d) of this section and who has
neither voted in favor of the merger or consolidation nor consented thereto in
writing pursuant to (S)228 of this title shall be entitled to an appraisal by
the Court of Chancery of the fair value of his shares of stock under the
circumstances described in subsections (b) and (c) of this section. As used in
this section, the word "stockholder" means a holder of record of stock in a
stock corporation and also a member of record of a nonstock corporation; the
words "stock" and "share" mean and include what is ordinarily meant by those
words and also membership or membership interest of a member of a nonstock
corporation; and the words "depository receipt" mean a receipt or other
instrument issued by a depository representing an interest in one or more
shares, or fractions thereof, solely of stock of a corporation, which stock is
deposited with the depository.
 
  (b) Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or
series of stock of a constituent corporation in a merger or consolidation to
be effected pursuant to (S)251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 or 264 of this title:
 
     (1) Provided, however, that no appraisal rights under this section shall
   be available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which stock,
   or depository receipts in respect thereof, at the record date fixed to
   determine the stockholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the
   meeting of stockholders to act upon the agreement of merger or
   consolidation, were either (i) listed on a national securities exchange or
   designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation
   system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or (ii)
   held of record by more than 2,000 holders; and further provided that no
   appraisal rights shall be available for any shares of stock of the
   constituent corporation surviving a merger if the merger did not require
   for its approval the vote of the holders of the surviving corporation as
   provided in subsection (f) of (S)251 of this title.
 
     (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of this subsection, appraisal rights
   under this section shall be available for the shares of any class or series
   of stock of a constituent corporation if the holders thereof are required
   by the terms of an agreement of merger or consolidation pursuant to
   (S)(S)251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 and 264 of this title to accept for such
   stock anything except:
 
      a. Shares of stock of the corporation surviving or resulting from such
    merger or consolidation, or depository receipts in respect thereof;
 
      b. Shares of stock of any other corporation, or depository receipts in
    respect thereof, which shares of stock or depository receipts at the
    effective date of the merger or consolidation will be either listed on a
    national securities exchange or designated as a national market system
    security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association
    of Securities Dealers, Inc. or held of record by more than 2,000
    holders;
 
      c. Cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts
    described in the foregoing subparagraphs a. and b. of this paragraph; or
 
      d. Any combination of the shares of stock, depository receipts and
    cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts
    described in the foregoing subparagraphs a., b. and c. of this
    paragraph.
 
     (3) In the event all of the stock of a subsidiary Delaware corporation
   party to a merger effected under (S)253 of this title is not owned by the
   parent corporation immediately prior to the merger, appraisal rights shall
   be available for the shares of the subsidiary Delaware corporation.
 
  (c) Any corporation may provide in its certificate of incorporation that
appraisal rights under this section shall be available for the shares of any
class or series of its stock as a result of an amendment to its certificate of
incorporation, any merger or consolidation in which the corporation is a
constituent corporation or the sale of all
 
                                      C-1
<PAGE>
 
or substantially all of the assets of the corporation. If the certificate of
incorporation contains such a provision, the procedures of this section,
including those set forth in subsection (d) and (e) of this section, shall
apply as nearly as is practicable.
 
  (d) Appraisal rights shall be perfected as follows:
 
     (1) If a proposed merger or consolidation for which appraisal rights are
   provided under this section is to be submitted for approval at a meeting of
   stockholders, the corporation, not less than 20 days prior to the meeting,
   shall notify each of its stockholders who was such on the record date for
   such meeting with respect to shares for which appraisal rights are
   available pursuant to subsections (b) or (c) hereof that appraisal rights
   are available for any or all of the shares of the constituent corporations,
   and shall include in such notice a copy of this section. Each stockholder
   electing to demand the appraisal of his shares shall deliver to the
   corporation, before the taking of the vote on the merger or consolidation,
   a written demand for appraisal of his shares. Such demand will be
   sufficient if it reasonably informs the corporation of the identity of the
   stockholder and that the stockholder intends thereby to demand the
   appraisal of his shares. A proxy or vote against the merger or
   consolidation shall not constitute such a demand. A stockholder electing to
   take such action must do so by a separate written demand as herein
   provided. Within 10 days after the effective date of such merger or
   consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation shall notify each
   stockholder of each constituent corporation who has complied with this
   subsection and has not voted in favor of or consented to the merger or
   consolidation of the date that the merger or consolidation become
   effective; or
 
     (2) If the merger or consolidation was approved pursuant to (S)228 or 253
   of this title, the surviving or resulting corporation, either before the
   effective date of the merger or consolidation or within 10 days thereafter,
   shall notify each of the stockholders entitled to appraisal rights of the
   effective date of the merger or consolidation and that appraisal rights are
   available for any or all of the shares of the constituent corporation, and
   shall include in such notice a copy of this section. The notice shall be
   sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed
   to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the
   corporation. Any stockholder entitled to appraisal rights may, within 20
   days after the date of mailing of the notice, demand in writing from the
   surviving or resulting corporation the appraisal of his shares. Such demand
   will be sufficient if it reasonably informs the corporation of the identity
   of the stockholder and that the stockholder intends thereby to demand the
   appraisal of his shares.
 
  (e) Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation,
the surviving or resulting corporation or any stockholder who has complied
with subsections (a) and (d) hereof and who is otherwise entitled to appraisal
rights, may file a petition in the Court of Chancery demanding a determination
of the value of the stock of all such stockholders. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, at any time within 60 days after the effective date of the merger
or consolidation, any stockholder shall have the right to withdraw his demand
for appraisal and to accept the terms offered upon the merger or
consolidation. Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or
consolidation, any stockholder who has complied with the requirements of
subsections (a) and (d) hereof, upon written request, shall be entitled to
receive from the corporation surviving the merger or resulting from the
consolidation a statement setting forth the aggregate number of shares not
voted in favor of the merger or consolidation and with respect to which
demands for appraisal have been received and the aggregate number of holders
of such shares. Such written statement shall be mailed to the stockholder
within 10 days after his written request for such a statement is received by
the surviving or resulting corporation or within 10 days after expiration of
the period for delivery of demands for appraisal under subsection (d) hereof,
whichever is later.
 
  (f) Upon the filing of any such petition by a stockholder, service of a copy
thereof shall be made upon the surviving or resulting corporation which shall
within 20 days after such service file in the office of the Register in
Chancery in which the petition was filed a duly verified list containing the
names and addresses of all stockholders who have demanded payment for their
shares and with whom agreements as to the value of their shares have not been
reached by the surviving or resulting corporation. If the petition shall be
filed by the surviving or resulting corporation, the petition shall be
accompanied by such a duly verified list. The Register in Chancery, if so
ordered by the Court, shall give notice of the time and place fixed for the
hearing of such petition by registered or certified mail to the surviving or
resulting corporation and to the stockholders shown on the list
 
                                      C-2
<PAGE>
 
at the addresses therein stated. Such notice shall also be given by 1 or more
publications at least 1 week before the day of the hearing, in a newspaper of
general circulation published in the City of Wilmington, Delaware or such
publication as the Court deems advisable. The forms of the notices by mail and
by publication as the Court deems advisable. The forms of the notices by mail
and by publication shall be approved by the Court, and the costs thereof shall
be borne by the surviving or resulting corporation.
 
  (g) At the hearing on such petition, the Court shall determine the
stockholders who have complied with this section and who have become entitled
to appraisal rights. The Court may require the stockholders who have demanded
an appraisal for their shares and who hold stock represented by certificates
to submit their certificates of stock to the Register in Chancery for notation
thereon of the pendency of the appraisal proceedings; and if any stockholder
fails to comply with such direction, the Court may dismiss the proceedings as
to such stockholder.
 
  (h) After determining the stockholders entitled to an appraisal, the Court
shall appraise the shares, determining their fair value exclusive of any
element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the merger
or consolidation, together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid
upon the amount determined to be the fair value. In determining such fair
value, the Court shall take into account all relevant factors. In determining
the fair rate of interest, the Court may consider all relevant factors,
including the rate of interest which the surviving or resulting corporation
would have had to pay to borrow money during the pendency of the proceeding.
Upon application by the surviving or resulting corporation or by any
stockholder entitled to participate in the appraisal proceeding, the Court
may, in its discretion, permit discovery or other pretrial proceedings and may
proceed to trial upon the appraisal prior to the final determination of the
stockholder entitled to an appraisal. Any stockholder whose name appears on
the list filed by the surviving or resulting corporation pursuant to
subsection (f) of this section and who has submitted his certificates of stock
to the Register in Chancery, if such is required, may participate fully in all
proceedings until it is finally determined that he is not entitled to
appraisal rights under this section.
 
  (i) The Court shall direct the payment of the fair value of the shares,
together with interest, if any, by the surviving or resulting corporation to
the stockholders entitled thereto. Interest may be simple or compound, as the
Court may direct. Payment shall be so made to each such stockholder, in the
case of holders of uncertificated stock forthwith, and the case of holders of
shares represented by certificates upon the surrender to the corporation of
the certificates representing such stock. The Court's decree may be enforced
as other decrees in the Court of Chancery may be enforced, whether such
surviving or resulting corporation be a corporation of this State or of any
state.
 
  (j) The costs of the proceeding may be determined by the Court and taxed
upon the parties as the Court deems equitable in the circumstances. Upon
application of a stockholder, the Court may order all or a portion of the
expenses incurred by any stockholder in connection with the appraisal
proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and the
fees and expenses of experts, to be charged pro rata against the value of all
the shares entitled to an appraisal.
 
  (k) From and after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, no
stockholder who has demanded his appraisal rights as provided in subsection
(d) of this section shall be entitled to vote such stock for any purpose or to
receive payment of dividends or other distributions on the stock (except
dividends or other distributions payable to stockholders of record at a date
which is prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation);
provided, however, that if no petition for an appraisal shall be filed within
the time provided in subsection (e) of this section, or if such stockholder
shall deliver to the surviving or resulting corporation a written withdrawal
of his demand for an appraisal and an acceptance of the merger or
consolidation, either within 60 days after the effective date of the merger or
consolidation as provided in subsection (e) of this section or thereafter with
the written approval of the corporation, then the right of such stockholder to
an appraisal shall cease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no appraisal
proceeding in the Court of Chancery shall be dismissed as to any stockholder
without the approval of the Court, and such approval may be conditioned upon
such terms as the Court deems just.
   
  (l) The shares of the surviving or resulting corporation to which the shares
of such objecting shareholders would have been converted had they assented to
the merger or consolidation shall have the status of authorized and unissued
shares of the surviving or resulting corporation.     
 
                                      C-3
<PAGE>
 
                                                                        ANNEX D
 
                     [LETTERHEAD OF THE ARGOSY GROUP L.P.]
 
                                                              November 23, 1994
 
Mr. James C. Marlas
c/o Mickelberry Communications Incorporated
405 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
 
Dear Mr. Marlas:
 
  This agreement (the "Agreement") will confirm that you, individually and on
behalf of any entity formed by you for purposes of completing a transaction of
the type described below (collectively, "you"), have retained The Argosy Group
L.P. and The Argosy Securities Group L.P. (collectively, "Argosy") as your
exclusive financial advisor on the terms and conditions set forth herein, in
connection with your proposed acquisition of the common stock of Mickelberry
Communications Incorporated (the "Company") that is currently owned by
shareholders other than yourself or your affiliates (the "Public Shares")
either through a merger or cash tender offer (the "Transaction"). In addition,
upon execution of a definitive agreement with respect to the Transaction,
Argosy will act as exclusive placement agent, on the terms and conditions set
forth herein, in connection with the proposed placement with lending
institutions of bank or senior financing (the "Senior Debt") to consummate the
Transaction. The net proceeds from the Senior Debt will be used to purchase
the Public Shares and potentially to refinance the Company's 8% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures due May 2002 (the "Financing").
 
                                      D-1
<PAGE>
 
  1. Retention. (a) Subject to the provisions set forth below in this
Agreement, you hereby retain Argosy as your exclusive financial advisor in
connection with the Transaction and exclusive placement agent in connection
with the proposed placement of the Senior Debt in the event of a Transaction.
You agree that you will not directly, or indirectly, engage an investment
banking firm other than Argosy to place any Senior Debt (or any securities
similar to Senior Debt) with respect to the Transaction.
 
  (b) Argosy agrees to act as your exclusive financial advisor for the
transaction and exclusive placement agent for the Financing, subject to
satisfactory completion of its due diligence investigation.
 
  2. Compensation. (a) In consideration for services rendered hereunder, you
agree to pay to Argosy a Transaction Fee and a Financing Fee. The transaction
Fee will be payable in two parts: (i) $75,000 in cash upon the execution of
this Agreement; and (ii) $125,000 in cash upon the closing of the Transaction.
In the event during the term of this Agreement that a third-party purchases a
majority of the Company's common shares beneficially owned by you, Argosy will
be entitled to receive the $125,000 fee as detailed in the preceding section
(ii). In the event that the Transaction is consummated and Argosy places the
Senior Debt, a Financing Fee equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds of the Senior
Debt will be payable on the date of the closing of the Financing (the "Closing
Date") directly out of the proceeds of the Senior Debt. Such placement fees
shall be paid by wire transfer or by delivery to Argosy of a certified or
official bank check or checks payable to its order in immediately available
funds. In the event that at your request Argosy places securities in the
Financing other than Senior Debt, Argosy will be compensated at a level that
is customary for the type of securities placed.
 
  (b) Whether or not the Transaction or the Financing is consummated, you
hereby agree to reimburse Argosy promptly upon request (not less frequently
than monthly) for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including word
processing charges, messenger and duplicating services, facsimile expenses,
research document expenses, travel expenses and other customary expenditures)
incurred by it in connection with the Transaction and the Financing. Prior to
the execution of a definitive agreement with respect to a Transaction, fees
and disbursements of legal counsel shall only be reimbursable under this
paragraph 2(b) to the extent approved in advance by you. Amounts payable
pursuant to this paragraph 2(b) and paragraph 2(a) may be withheld by Argosy
from the payment of the proceeds of the placement of the Senior Debt.
 
  (c) Argosy's engagement relating to the Transaction and the Financing under
this Agreement may be terminated by either Argosy or you upon five days'
written notice delivered to the terminated party, except as noted in Section
5. In the event of a Transaction, if a Financing is consummated prior to the
expiration or other termination of this Agreement, then Argosy shall be
entitled to receive all of the amounts due under Sections 2(a) and 2(b).
Argosy shall be responsible to keep a true and complete record of all
prospective lenders (the "Argosy Investors") which have been contacted by
Argosy with respect to, or provided information relating to, the Financing,
utilizing record keeping methods customary in the investment banking business
for placement agents of securities. If this Agreement is terminated by you and
you (or any of your affiliates) consummates a Financing pursuant to which any
Argosy Investor (or any affiliate thereof) is a party, prior to one year from
the date of Argosy's termination, then you shall promptly pay Argosy a fee
equal to 1.0% of the proceeds received by you in such a transaction from any
such Argosy Investor.
 
  In the event that this Agreement expires, or is terminated for any reason,
you shall promptly pay Argosy all amounts due under Section 2(b).
 
  (d) Except as set forth herein, no fee paid or payable to Argosy or any of
its affiliates shall be credited against any other fee paid or payable to
Argosy or any of its affiliates. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall
require Argosy to purchase any securities or make any investment in the
Company for its own account, directly or indirectly.
 
  3. Offering Materials. (a) You will use your best efforts to cause the
Company to furnish Argosy with information necessary to prepare a private
placement memorandum with respect to the Financing (the "Offering Materials"),
subject to the Company obtaining a confidentiality agreement acceptable to it.
 
                                      D-2
<PAGE>
 
  (b) Argosy will perform due diligence; however you recognize and confirm
that Argosy (A) will use and rely primarily on the Offering Materials and on
information available from generally recognized public sources in performing
the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently
verified the same; (B) is authorized as exclusive placement agent with respect
to the Senior Debt to transmit to any prospective lender a copy or copies of
the Offering Materials, forms of purchase agreements and any other legal
documentation supplied to Argosy expressly for transmission to any prospective
lender by you or on your behalf in connection with the performance of Argosy's
services hereunder or any transaction contemplated hereby; (C) does not assume
responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Offering Materials and
such other information; (D) will not make an appraisal of any assets of the
Company; and (E) reserves the right to continue to perform due diligence
during the course of the engagement until the Financing is consummated or this
Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 2(c). Argosy agrees to keep
the Offering Materials confidential so long as it is and remains non-public,
unless disclosure is required by law or requested by any government or
regulatory agency or body (and then only after giving the Company notice and
an opportunity to contest such disclosure to the extent practicable), and
Argosy will not make use thereof, except in connection with its services
hereunder.
 
  (c) You agree that any reference to Argosy in any release, communication, or
material distributed to prospective lenders is subject to Argosy's prior
written approval. If Argosy resigns prior to the dissemination of any such
release, communication or material, no reference shall be made therein to
Argosy.
 
  (d) Without Argosy's prior written consent, no advice rendered by Argosy in
connection with the services performed by Argosy pursuant to this Agreement
will be quoted by you or your affiliates or representatives nor will any such
advice be referred to in any report, document, release or other communication,
whether written or oral, prepared, issued or transmitted by such person,
except to the extent required by law (in which case the appropriate party
shall so advise the other in writing prior to such use and shall consult with
the other with respect to the form and timing of disclosure).
 
  (e) You represent (and, upon the execution of a definitive agreement with
respect to the Transaction, will cause the Company to represent) that the
Offering Materials will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they are made, not misleading, except that no representation will be
made with respect to any of the projections contained therein. You agree to
advise Argosy promptly of the occurrence of any event or any other change
known to you which results in the Offering Materials containing any untrue
statement of a material fact or omitting to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
  4. Indemnity. (a) In consideration of Argosy's agreement to act on your
behalf, notwithstanding any limitations set forth herein, you agree to
indemnify and hold harmless Argosy, its agents, employees, officers and
directors, and any person who controls Argosy within the meaning of Section 15
of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (each, an "Indemnified Party" and collectively, the
"Indemnified Parties"), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to, all reasonable legal
expenses, any and all other reasonable expenses incurred in investigating,
preparing or defending against any action or proceeding, commenced or
threatened, (whether or not any Indemnified Party is a named party)), to which
an Indemnified Party, jointly or severally, may become subject, which arise
out of or are based upon (i) any transaction contemplated by this Agreement,
the retention of Argosy under this Agreement, the performance of services by
Argosy hereunder or any involvement or alleged involvement of Argosy in the
Transaction or the Financing, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of fact contained in any information (oral or written) or document
furnished or made available by the Company directly (including, without
limitation, the Offering Materials, as from time to time amended and
supplemented), or through Argosy or otherwise, or any omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification under
this Section 4 to the extent such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is
determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have
resulted
 
                                      D-3
<PAGE>
 
primarily from any Indemnified Person's gross negligence, willful malfeasance,
bad faith or material breach of this Agreement ("Disabling Conduct") and any
payment or reimbursement made to such Indemnified Party by you in connection
with any such action or proceeding will be repaid by such Indemnified Party to
you.
 
  If any action or proceeding (including any governmental proceeding) is
brought or asserted against an Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity
may be sought against you, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify you in
writing of the institution of such action or proceeding. Each Indemnified
Party shall give you prompt notice upon becoming aware of any claim for which
indemnity or contribution may be sought hereunder; failure to provide such
notice will not, however, relieve you from any obligation or liability you
have hereunder or otherwise, except to the extent such failure causes you to
forfeit material rights. You, at your option, may assume the defense of any
such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Argosy, except if such
Indemnified Party has been advised by counsel that, due to a conflict of
interests or because there may be legal defenses available to such Indemnified
Party that are different from or additional to defenses available to you,
separate counsel for you and such Indemnified Party is advisable in which
case, the fees and expenses of one firm of counsel on behalf of all
Indemnified Parties shall be at your expenses; provided, that, upon invoking
such option you shall keep such Indemnified Party informed of the progress of
any such claim.
 
  You agree that, without the prior written consent of each of the relevant
Indemnified Parties, you will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry
of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding in
respect of which indemnification could be sought hereunder (whether or not
such Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties to such claim, action
or proceeding, (i) that involved any equitable relief that binds or purports
to bind such Indemnified Parties and (ii) unless such settlement, compromise
or consent includes an unconditional release for such Indemnified Parties from
all liability arising out of such claim, action or proceeding. Argosy and each
such Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any
such action to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses
of such counsel shall be at the expense of Argosy or such Indemnified Party
unless (a) the Company has agreed to pay such fees and expenses, or (b) you
shall have failed to assume the defense of such action or proceeding. You
shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding
effected without your written consent (which shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), but if you have failed to assume such defense, if such
claim is settled with your written consent, or there is a final judgement for
the plaintiff in any such action or proceeding, you agree to indemnify and
hold harmless Argosy and any such Indemnified Party from and against any loss,
liability, damage or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment.
 
  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 is unavailable to an
Indemnified Party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
expenses referred to herein or insufficient to hold an indemnified person
harmless (other than by reason of such Person's Disabling Conduct), then you
agree that in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, you shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result
of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by them
on the one hand and the Indemnified Party on the other from the placement of
the Senior Debt or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not
permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also your
relative fault on the one hand the relative fault of the Indemnified Party on
the other in connection with the untrue statements or omissions or other
actions (or alleged untrue statements, omissions or other actions) which
resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by
you on the one hand the Indemnified Party on the other shall be deemed to be
in the same proportion as the total principal amount of the Senior Debt, less
the value of the compensation which would be received by such Indemnified
Party pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, bears to such compensation. Your
relative fault on the one hand the relative fault of the Indemnified Party on
the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether
such untrue statements or omissions or other actions (or alleged untrue
statements, omissions or other actions) relate to information supplied or
action taken by you or the Company on the one hand or by the Indemnified Party
on the other and the relevant persons' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statements,
omissions or actions. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the
losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above
 
                                      D-4
<PAGE>
 
shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably
incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any
action or claim. You and Argosy agree that it would not be just and equitable
if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata
allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into
account the equitable considerations referred to above.
 
  The aforesaid indemnity and contribution agreements shall apply to any
related activities engaged in by any Indemnified Party prior to this date and
to any modification of Argosy's engagement hereunder, and shall remain in full
force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of
Argosy or any of its agents, employees, officers, directors or controlling
persons and shall survive the placement of the Senior Debt. You agree to
promptly notify Argosy of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding
against you or any of your affiliates in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby. The agreements contained in this Section 4 shall remain
in full force and effect following the completion or termination of Argosy's
engagement hereunder and shall be in addition to any liability that you may
otherwise have to Argosy and its agents, employees, officers, directors or
controlling persons.
 
  You also agree that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability (whether
direct or indirect, in contract or tort to otherwise) to you for or in
connection with advice or services rendered or to be rendered by Argosy
pursuant to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or any
Indemnified Party's actions or inactions in connection with any such advice,
services or transactions except for liabilities (and related expenses) that
are determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to
have resulted primarily from such Indemnified Party's Disabling Conduct in
connection with any such advice, actions, inactions or services.
 
  5. Survival of Certain Provisions. The representations, warranties,
covenants and confidentiality provisions contained in Section 3, the
provisions contained in Section 4 of this Agreement and your obligation to pay
Argosy any compensation earned pursuant hereto shall remain operative and in
full force and effect regardless of (a) any completion or termination of the
Transaction or the Financing, (b) any termination of this Agreement, or (c)
any investigation made by or on behalf of Argosy or any affiliate of Argosy,
and shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, any successors,
assigns, heirs and personal representatives of you, Argosy, the Indemnified
Parties and any such person.
 
  6. Conditions of Placement. It is understood that the obligations of Argosy
are to use reasonable efforts to place the Senior Debt and there is no
obligation on the part of Argosy to purchase the Senior Debt. The obligations
of Argosy are subject to satisfactory completion of a due diligence
investigation by Argosy and its counsel, market conditions and the form and
terms of the Senior Debt, the Offering Materials and all related documents
being mutually acceptable to you and Argosy.
 
  7. Notices. Notice given pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be mailed or delivered (a) if to you, at your
office at 405 Park Avenue, New York 10022; and (b) if to Argosy, at its
offices at 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention:
Jay Bloom.
 
  The parties hereto, by written notice to the other parties, may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
 
  8. Counterparts. (a) This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
  9. Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement has been and is made solely for
the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and
assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by
virtue of this Agreement.
 
  10. Choice of Law, Jurisdiction, Recovery of Attorney's Fees. This Agreement
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State
of New York (without regard to its conflict of laws provisions). You hereby
irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and New York
State courts located in the City of New York in connection with any suit,
action or proceeding related to this agreement or any of the matters
contemplated hereby, irrevocably waive and defense of lack of personal
jurisdiction and
 
                                      D-5
<PAGE>
 
irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of any suit, action or proceeding
may be heard and determined in any such court. You irrevocably waive, to the
fullest extent you may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection
which you may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit,
action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claims that any such
suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an
inconvenient forum. Subsequent to the signing of a definitive agreement with
respect to the Transaction, you will cause the Company to agree to pay or
reimburse Argosy for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Argosy in
connection with the enforcement of any of its rights under this Agreement
including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys fees and expenses of
its counsel.
 
  11. Headings. The section headings in this Agreement have been inserted as a
matter of convenience of reference and are not a part of this Agreement.
 
  12. Press Announcements. At any time after the consummation or other public
announcement of the Transaction or the placement of the Senior Debt, and with
your prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed), Argosy may place an announcement (at its expense) in such newspapers
and publications as it may choose, stating that Argosy has acted as financial
advisor and placement agent of the Senior Debt contemplated by this Agreement.
 
  13. Term. Except as provided herein, the Agreement shall run from the date
of this letter to December 31, 1995, unless extended by mutual consent of the
parties.
 
  14. Amendment. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in
writing duly sworn by the parties hereto.
 
  15. Assignment; Successors. You consent to the assignment of Argosy's rights
hereunder to any affiliate of, or successor to, Argosy. Upon the signing of a
definitive agreement with respect to a Transaction, you shall cause the
Company to assume all of your obligations under this Agreement, including,
without limitation, indemnities, contribution, compensation and expense
reimbursements, whereupon you shall be released from any such obligations.
 
  16. Enforceability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction
contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or
other authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against its regulatory
policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions
contained in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in
no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.
 
  Please sign and return the original and one copy of this letter to indicate
your acceptance of the terms set forth herein whereupon this letter and your
acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between you and Argosy.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          THE ARGOSY GROUP L.P.
                                          THE ARGOSY SECURITIES GROUP L.P.
 
                                             /s/ Jay Bloom
                                          By: _________________________________
                                             Jay Bloom
                                             Managing Director
Accepted and agreed to as of November 23, 1994
 
  /s/ James C. Marlas
By: _________________________________
  James C. Marlas, on behalf of
  himself and any entity formed by
  him for purposes of completing a
  Transaction
 
                                      D-6
<PAGE>
 
PROXY
 
                    MICKELBERRY COMMUNICATIONS INCORPORATED
               
            SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS--SEPTEMBER 12, 1995     
 
          THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
   
 The undersigned hereby appoints GEORGE KANE and FRED T. PUGLIESE, and each of
them, Proxies of the undersigned with power of substitution to each, to vote
all shares of Mickelberry Communications Incorporated (the "Company") which the
undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Shareholders to be
held on September 12, 1995 at 9:00 a.m. local time at the offices of the
Company at 405 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022, or at any adjournment or
postponement thereof, as indicated on the reverse side.     
 
                                                       CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE
<PAGE>
 
     ------------------                           ------------------
           COMMON                                     PREFERRED
 
1. APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER. Approval and adoption
   of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 21, 1995 (the "Merger
   Agreement"), among the Company, Mickelberry Acquisition Corporation, Union
   Capital Corporation and James C. Marlas, as described in the Proxy
   Statement.
 
                       [_] FOR  [_] AGAINST  [_] ABSTAIN
 
2. TRANSACTION OF OTHER BUSINESS. Transaction of such other business as may
   properly come before the meeting or any adjournments or postponements
   thereof.
   
SHARES WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED EXCEPT THAT IF NO DIRECTION IS GIVEN, THIS
PROXY WILL BE VOTED IN FAVOR OF PROPOSAL 1. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES
RECEIPT OF THE PROXY STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY DATED AUGUST  , 1995.     
 
                                                  DATED: ________________, 1995
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                           (SIGNATURE)
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  (SIGNATURE, IF JOINTLY HELD)
                                                  TITLE: ______________________
                                                  PLEASE SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR
                                                  NAME APPEARS ON YOUR STOCK
                                                  CERTIFICATE. WHEN SHARES ARE
                                                  HELD BY JOINT TENANTS, BOTH
                                                  SHOULD SIGN. WHEN SIGNING AS
                                                  AN ATTORNEY, EXECUTOR, AD-
                                                  MINISTRATOR, TRUSTEE OR
                                                  GUARDIAN, GIVE FULL TITLE AS
                                                  SUCH. IF A CORPORATION, SIGN
                                                  IN FULL CORPORATION NAME BY
                                                  PRESIDENT OR OTHER AUTHO-
                                                  RIZED OFFICER. IF A PARTNER-
                                                  SHIP, SIGN IN PARTNERSHIP
                                                  NAME BY AUTHORIZED PERSON.
                                                  THIS PROXY VOTES ALL SHARES
                                                  IN ALL CAPACITIES.
 
              PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND MAIL YOUR PROXY CARD PROMPTLY.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission